Top Banner
Control systems for mobile vehicles Catalogue 2009/2010 www.ifm.com/gb/mobile fluid sensors and diagnostic systems bus, identification and control systems position sensors and object recognition
212
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: ifm catalogue control systems

Control systemsfor mobile vehicles

Catalogue 2009/2010

ww

w.if

m.c

om

/gb

/mo

bile

fluid sensorsand diagnostic

systems

bus,identification

and control systems

positionsensors

and objectrecognition

Page 2: ifm catalogue control systems

Inclinometers

2-axis inclination sensor

The automation of vehicles and mobile machines can nolonger be imagined without controller electronics andsensors. Often the horizontal alignment of machines ormachine parts is an important requirement for reliableoperation. Typical examples are mobile cranes or accessplatforms.The inclinometer detects precisely the deviations of thetwo measurement axes (X and Y direction). As the sen-sor must often be mounted at difficult positions in thevehicle, special attention has been given to the mecha-nical and electrical properties of the sensor during deve-lopment. The high accuracy is achieved with measuringcells which operate to the conductometric principle. Thechange in conductivity of a liquid is determined. Depen-ding on the sensor inclination the electrodes are sur-rounded by a different level of liquid. This results in abehaviour comparable to that of a potentiometer. Dueto a suitable arrangement of the electrodes the signedvalues for the two axes are obtained.

Parameter setting of the displayresolution via the CAN bus.

Compact and robust design.

Signal output via CAN or via twoanalogue current interfaces.

CAN interface with CANopen protocol.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Adapter cable for CAN deviceswith M12 connector (5-pole) EC2062

Socket M128-pole, straight, 2 m E80021

Socket M128-pole, angled, 2 m E80022

Socket M12wirable, 5-pole, straight E11511

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 127Further accessories are available starting on page 143

Application example

InclinometerZero point levelling and position detection of mobile machines

Angularrange

Numberof axes

Resolution /accuracy

Interface Deviceconnection

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

±15° 2 0.001° / 0.025° CAN M12 25 1 CR2101

±45° 2 0.1° / 0.5° analogue / CAN M12 27 2 CR2102

Common technical data

Housing: aluminiumTemperature range: -30...80 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 80 mA (at 24 V DC)Interface: CANCANopen: CiA DS 301 V 3 (V 4 CR2102)

profile WDP 410Baud rate: 20...1,000 Kbits/sCE, e1 (only CR2102)

You can find scale drawings from page 187

Sensors formobile applications

Inclination sensors

Sensors with CAN interface

110

Inclinationsensors

Page

Sensors for mobile applications

Sensorswith CANinterface

110 - 111

Analoguesensors /switches

112 - 113

Inductivesensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Inductiveefector m

sensors

114 - 117

Pressuresensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic

applications

118 - 119

Inclination sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

111

Block diagram CR2101

8-bitμController

EEPROM

CAN

3

1

4

2

sensorhybrid

clock

+UB

reset

+UB5

Block diagram CR2102

16-bitμController

EEPROMCAN

clock

+UB

reset

Iout-X IU

AD

Iout-Y GALclock generator

sensor

A

D

MUX

IU

AD

1 2 3 4 5 6

10

11

12

13

14

16

15

The easy way to find what you are looking for

7 98

HeaderSection

Heading

Product

Product group name

Heading repeated

Illustration

2

3

4

5

6

1

Navigation barCurrent heading

Arrow = You are here

Other headings

8

9

7

LeftSpecial features of the units

Recommended accessoriesand connectors

Product description

Notes for further details

11

12

13

10

RightTechnical data

Block diagram, wiring diagrams of theunits or common technical data

Current section

15

16

14

Page 3: ifm catalogue control systems

3

General information Notes and explanations

List of articles Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Mobile controllers Controllers and software

I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems

Signal converters Frequency, currentand voltage converters

Diagnosis and service Remote maintenance and data memory,CAN interface and CAN diagnosis

Sensors for mobile applications

Inclination sensors,inductive sensors,pressure sensors

Connection technology M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators

Accessories Accessories for control systems

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagramsScale drawingsTechnical glossaryifm information and ordering service

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

5 - 20

23 - 25

27 - 51

53 - 67

69 - 85

121 - 127

87 - 99

101 - 119

129 - 136

139 - 152

156 - 178180 - 195196 - 200202 - 211

Page 4: ifm catalogue control systems
Page 5: ifm catalogue control systems

Notes and explanations

General introduction 6 - 20

General information

5

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Page 6: ifm catalogue control systems

Mobile machines and installations are often specially tailored to the applica-tions and thus very expensive. Consequently, a high uptime of these cost-intensive machines and installations is of utmost priority. The machine needsto provide extensive, simple and reliable diagnostic information enablingoperators to locate faults quickly, therefore reducing downtime. Safe oper-ating concepts, adapted to the respective operating situation, help to avoidincorrect handling. Displays provide the necessary overview for the operator.The operating and system states must be stored for statistics and documen-tation by means of an operational data logger. Due to increasing legalrequirements for the machine manufacturers the systems are becomingmore and more complex. Against this background, networked electronicsystems are used in order to reduce wiring complexity.The bus system enables the decentralised arrangement of powerful input /output modules close to the sensors and actuators. The components aremounted where data are provided or required. In addition, the componentsmust be easy to mount and handle in case of service. This is achieved by themechanical design as well as by easy and clear integration during program-ming. Last but not least the components and devices used must withstand extrememechanical, climatic and electrical conditions and reliably function for a longtime. All above-mentioned requirements aim at: The development of relia-ble, cost-optimised and thus competitive machines.

General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations

6

Control technology for mobile applicationsLife today cannot be imagined without electronics in modern motor vehiclesand mobile machines. Many necessary and convenient functions could notbe implemented without electronic support. In contrast to electronics in consumer goods and “normal” industrial applications such as packagingmachines and conveyors the requirements for components for mobile appli-cations are much higher.

Modern shredderfor wood andwood waste. Onlyan extremelypowerful controlsystem such asecomatmobileallows safe andreliable opera-tion. When therecycling materialis processed thewhole machineand thus also theelectronics areexposed to highimpacts.

The electronicsare protected bymeans of specialhousing and installation con-cepts. As the elec-tronics are in-stalled within themachine the components areexposed to hightemperaturesfrom the dieselengine.

Requirements

The components need to be carefully selected, mainly because of the ex-treme mechanical stress caused by impacts and shocks and the use at extremeoperating temperatures. The direct influence of dirt, humidity and wateroften cannot be excluded in field applications. Therefore a high protectionrating and a special selection of the materials are required for the devices.In addition to mechanical and environmental influences, electrical interferenceaffecting the whole system as well as individual devices, have to be takeninto account. A wide supply voltage range and well-adapted protectivemeasures ensure safe operation of the devices even in case of large voltagefluctuations by the battery / generator system. Strong conducted or radiatedinterference must not influence the function either.

Electronic requirements

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 7: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Notes and explanations

7

For device networking the CAN bus has become the successful standard inthe last few years. Whereas for the high volume production of passengercars special, optimised and well-adapted protocols are used, the CANopenprotocol has become indispensable in mobile machines. Manufacturer andindustry-specific protocols, such as diagnostic engine data according to SAEJ 1939, the agricultural bus system (ISO bus) and the truck-trailer interfacefor articulated lorries can be coupled to the machine process via gateways.

The most important functional unitsModern mobile machines consist of different segments. The automationcomponents of the ecomatmobile control system, particularly suited formobile applications, can be used for various tasks in these segments.Depending on the requirements they assume for example controlling, moni-toring or displaying functions. Networking is made via the CAN bus with theCANopen protocol.

Segment driveIn contrast to utility vehicles, often consisting of a truck and a body (e.g. a refuse truck), special machines are assembled from single elements by themanufacturer. The drive is therefore precisely adapted to the machine andthe later task (e.g. a mobile crane). It has to fulfil two essential tasks, onhighway as a vehicle and off highway operation as a construction machine.If safe operation on the highway is to be possible the control componentsmust meet safety requirements for road traffic use, defined by e1 type ap-proval. Without e1 type approval the operating permit is invalid.When the vehicle arrives at the site where it is used it becomes a construc-tion machine. Now, different conditions apply. The vehicle has to be suitedfor off-road use and needs to be easily manoeuvrable. The control compo-nents used are thus switched to the respective operating situation.

Segment diesel engineSo-called industrial engines are mainly used in construction machines. Theseare engines which are ideally tailored to the requirements of the machinebuilder. Depending on the mechanical design and the performance ratingthey can be used for different purposes. Modern engines moreover feature a CAN interface which is accessible for the user. It is mainly designed accord-ing to the US standard SAE J 1939. In this standard the different CAN iden-tifiers are assigned to the specific data of the engine, such as operating tem-perature, oil pressure, torque or rotational speed. For the control of the operating process these data are filtered by means ofthe gateway function of the R 360 controller and – if necessary – also pro-cessed with the software. It is also possible to use the R 360 gateway func-tion to connect two networks operating at different transmission rates.

The mobile craneat the construc-

tion site. Only a sensible and

reliable machinecontrol can meet

the requirements.

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 8: ifm catalogue control systems

8

Segment working element or vehicle bodyThis segment is the actual operating process of the machine. Decentralisedoutput modules trigger the hydraulic valves. For the operation of proportion-al valves these modules also feature current-controlled PWM outputs. Thecurrent value is transmitted via the bus and controlled by the module.Furthermore sensor signals are read by the bus modules and transmitted tothe process controller.In small machines as well as in large and complex systems whole functionalunits are controlled by intelligent slave modules such as the SmartController.These freely programmable devices directly process all relevant signals of thecorresponding machine function. Depending on the type of machine orvehicle only status messages and processed data are transmitted to otherparticipants in the network.

Segment input and outputThe machine is operated by means of different control elements. By usingcabinet modules, I/O modules for use in operating and control panels, theinformation from joysticks, switches and pushbuttons is transmitted to theprocess controller via CAN bus where it is processed. The PDM360 graphicdisplay informs the operator about the machine’s operational status. Meaningful symbols and texts help to quickly locate possible errors. Opera-tional and diagnostic data can be stored on memory cards if necessary. Incase of service they provide significant information on the application andthe cause of the failure. If, in addition, the CAN / GSM radio modem CANcomis integrated into the network error messages can directly be sent to the serv-ice department or to the machine manufacturer. Especially with machineswhich are used worldwide considerable service cost savings can be made.

The CAN / GSMradio modem

directly transmitsmachine data

and error mes-sages to the serv-

ice department.

Robust I/O mod-ules for decentral-ised use in mobileapplications

General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 9: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

9

Safety technologyThere are functions in almost all mobile machines which may endangermaterial and persons. Many movements cannot be secured due to themachine’s size and the extreme conditions under which they are used. Thisalso explains why only a few, instructed people are allowed into the opera-ting areas of these systems. Of course the manufacturers do their best todesign safe machines which minimise the risk of accidents. Today, everymanufacturer has to comply with the general regulations for a safe machinedesign. But as these regulations and standards apply for many differentmachines they cannot be precisely adapted to the function of a specialmachine. Therefore there is an increasing number of product standardswhich are specifically tailored to these requirements.In some types of applications (e.g. vehicle lifts) there have been clear, defi-ned product standards for some time now. The employers’ liability insuranceassociations also often have clear requirements towards the manufacturersof machines.For this reason there is an increasing demand for certified electronic assem-blies for mobile machines. The SafetyController can be used in applicationswhich require components up to safety category 3. The safety conceptmonitors all internal and external functions and safely switches off in thecase of an error. In future the CANopen protocol will also be used for thetransmission of safe data. The protocol addition CANopen Safety enablesthe transmission of safe and ”non-safe“ data on the same bus cable.

type Astandards

basicsafety

requirementsfor all machines

basic safety standards

safety groupstandards

productstandards

B1 standardsgeneralsafety

requirements

B2 standardsspecialsafety

requirements

type C standards

specialsafety requirements

for individual machines

type B standards

Classification of the differentsafety standardsfor machines andinstallations.

Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 10: ifm catalogue control systems

10

ecomatmobile, control technology for extreme conditionsThe components presented in this catalogue have been developed and opti-mised for increased requirements in close co-operation with our customersover a period of several years. ifm electronic now supplies a sophisticatedcontrol and automation system which conforms to the needs of the market.In addition to flexibility and performance attention was given to thefollowing points:

Use even at extreme operating temperatures.Safety under extreme mechanical stress caused by impacts and shocks.Use even with direct exposure to dirt, water and humidityOperational reliability despite strong supply voltage fluctuationsby the battery / generator system.Insensitivity to conducted and radiated interferencein the whole electrical system.Application-related networking possible with the CAN bus systemsuitable for mobile applications.

Requirements for mobile and robust machine conceptsElectronic components are not only increasingly used in “normal” motorvehicles but also in modern mobile machines and installations.The following points sum up the main reasons for this development:

High uptime of the machines and installations to minimise downtimecosts.Extensive, simple and safe system diagnosis for fast error locationdirectly by the operators.Safe and simple handling via displays and other input modulesaccording to the respective operating situation.Simple handling for mounting and service of the componentsin use owing to the modular concept.Reduced wiring by means of decentralisation: Powerful input / outputmodules are used where data are provided or required.Documentation of the operating and system states by meansof an operational data logger. With real-time clock, statistic andprotocol functions informative system reports can be created.

These requirements can only be met with components precisely developedand made for the corresponding application.ifm electronic develops and makes such automation components andsystems. This includes a wide range of sensing and control products e.g. pro-ximity switches, pressure sensors, complex control systems and much more.

ecomatmobilestands for highreliability underextreme oper-ating conditions.

All componentswithstand impacts

and shocks as well as electrical

interference.

General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 11: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

11

CAN – The fieldbus for mobile machinesThe basicsAt the beginning of the 1980s a bus system was developed in co-operationwith some automotive manufacturers, which preferably was to be used forengine management. About 20 years later this bus system – CAN (ControllerArea Network) – has become the standard in modern vehicles and mobilemachines and installations. When several machine parts (e.g. engine, driveand operating function) are networked to form a whole system, CAN pro-vides decisive advantages. Also, when the CAN bus was developed, the spe-cial operating conditions had already been taken into account. Therefore ifm electronic also uses this safe and reliable bus system for theecomatmobile control system. The “Controller Area Network” (CAN) is defined in the international stan-dard ISO 11898. It is based on the Producer / Consumer Network Model. It allows data to be very efficiently distributed to the other network partici-pants by means of the broadcast method. At the same time the Producer /Consumer Model also allows communication according to the master / slaveor peer-to-peer principles. These different principles are used depending onthe type of mobile machine and its special design.

WAN, Internet TCP/IP

LAN, H1, Ethernet, Profinet

Interbus, DeviceNet, Modbus,Profibus, CAN

AS-interface

visualisation

control

processing

input/output

networking

The CAN bus is used to read,write and processsensor and actua-tor signals.

Especially whenseveral machineparts are inter-connected CANoffers decisiveadvantages.

The CAN communication servicesIrrespective of the network configuration the transmission of the messagesalways takes place between a sending node (producer) and a receiving node(consumer). With CAN data transmission no addresses are assigned to theindividual participants. Instead, each message to be transmitted (e.g. oiltemperature, rotational engine speed) is given a clear identification mark(identifier) which is valid in the whole network. This identifier also definesthe priority of the message. This ensures that even in the case of simultaneous access by several partici-pants the more important message is transmitted first. In contrast to otherbus systems the messages are not assigned a target address but an identifi-cation mark (identifier). The message can be clearly identified by means ofthis identifier. CAN is therefore not a participant-oriented protocol but amessage-oriented protocol.

Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 12: ifm catalogue control systems

12

processmessage

receivemessage

receivemessage

receivemessage

sendmessage

station 1 station 2 station 3 station 4

generatemessage

processmessage

checkmessage

checkmessage

checkmessage

CAN is not a par-ticipant-orientedbut a message-oriented protocol.

In this example station 2, as the producer, generates a message and gives itto the bus. All other CAN participants receive this message at the same timeas consumers and check the identifier of the sent message. On the basis ofthe identifier each receiver decides whether it has to process the message (inthe example stations 1 and 4) or whether no reaction is required (in theexample station 3). This mechanism is called acceptance filtering. Transmission according to thebroadcast method thus relieves the network because several consumers canbe addressed by a single message at the same time. As each participant inthe network is constantly “listening” all participants have the same datainformation. Complex synchronisation and data management are not neces-sary.Due to the definition of certain identifiers which are used by a transmitterfor its messages and which at the same time trigger a reaction of one receiv-er peer-to-peer connections can also be established. In this case all nodesare listening but only one participant reacts due to the identifier of the sentmessage. Peer-to-peer communication represents a possible variant to thebroadcast communication. Peer-to-peer connections are mainly used for thetransmission of device configuration data or for the upload / download ofprograms. The allocation of the identifiers to the respective messages of thebus participants can also be carried out in such a way that communication iscentrally managed via a master. Such a master / slave architecture is recom-mended when new nodes are to be integrated into a CAN network withoutconsiderable configuration efforts. These only have to establish a communi-cation channel to the master module, which then forwards the messages.Given that the bus is only accessed when data are to be transmitted the busloading can be easily controlled and monitored.

An agriculturalmachine with

centralised con-trol unit.

The identifierA CAN message is composed of three main parts: The identifier, the datafield and the help and protective information for the data transmission. Theidentifier can be used as an 11-bit or 29-bit variant. 2,048 different messa-ges can be distinguished by means of the 11-bit identifier. This is sufficientfor most CAN protocols such as CANopen. The extended 29-bit identifier isfor example used in agricultural technology and also for the exchange ofengine data in accordance with SAE J 1939. Due to the large amount of dif-ferent messages possible (536,870,912) certain information and data can beassigned to specific identifiers. For example this then allows all engine manu-facturers to use the same specific messages.

The structure of a CAN message

General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 13: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

13

identifier

start ofmessage

data CRC

controlbits

end ofmessage

Structure of the CAN message.

The user data0 to 8 data bytes can be transmitted in the data field. It contains the actualinformation for the other network participants.Help and protective information for error detectionIn contrast to other bus systems, the CAN protocol does not acknowledgereceived data. If a bus participant detects an error, e.g. because of a faultychecksum (CRC), it immediately sends an error message and thus causes theabortion of the transmission or the rejection of the correct messages alreadyreceived by the other participants. It is therefore ensured that all participantshave correct and uniform data. Since the error message is directly transmit-ted the sender can repeat the disturbed message immediately, as opposed tofieldbus systems (they wait until a defined acknowledgement time haselapsed).CAN data safetyWith the introduction of safety-related systems in mobile machines andinstallations the requirements for the safety of data transmission have in-creased. To avoid dangerous states the data protection must be high and theprobability of undiscovered errors must be low.Errors mainly occur if data are distorted by external influences (e.g. electro-magnetic interference). A sensible statement on error probability can beachieved by means of a calculation model.If a data rate of 500 Kbits/s, an average bus load of 50 % and an averagemessage length of 80 bits are assumed you obtain the following values:With an operating time for the system of 8 hours a day on 365 days a yearand an error rate of 0.7 errors/s the statistical mean value is one undiscov-ered error in 1000 years.

Designing a CAN systemWith CAN, equal network participants (e.g. controllers, sensors, decentral-ised input / output modules) are interconnected via a serial bus. The electricalconnection is a three-wire line, consisting of the CANH, CANL and CANGNDcables which are, depending on the requirements, screened or unscreened.

Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 14: ifm catalogue control systems

14

Node 1 Node n

120

CAN_H

CAN_L

CAN Bus Line

120

General structure of aCAN network.

0

1000

bus length [m]

baud r

ate

[K

bits

/s]

51000010 50 100 200 1000

500

200

100

50

20

10

The maximumdata transmissionrate depends on

the length of thebus cable.

The structure of the networkThe ISO 11898 standard assumes a line structure of the CAN network. Inaddition the CANH and CANL cables must be provided with a 120 Ω termi-nating resistor on each end.

Ideally, no spur should lead to the bus participants (node 1... node n) becausedepending on the total cable length and the transmission time, reflectionsmay occur on the bus. However, in practice this requirement often cannot beimplemented. In order to avoid that the spurs to a bus participant (e.g. to anI /O module) cause system errors they should not exceed a certain length.Spurs up to a length of 2 m are considered to pose no problem. The sum ofall spurs in the whole system should not exceed 30 m. In any case a networkdesign should be examined under real conditions (field test) in practice.The length of the bus cable depends on the characteristics of the bus con-nection (cable, connector), the cable resistance and the necessary transmis-sion rate (baud rate). As described above, the length of the spurs must alsobe considered for the network design. Simplified, the following dependencebetween bus length and baud rate can be assumed:

General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 15: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

15

The CAN functions described above control the physical link and the datatransmission between the bus participants. For a practical CAN applicationthis means that the programmer is responsible for the definition of the dataprotocol for the specific application.To obtain a uniform protocol for networking different CAN participantsCANopen has been defined. It defines the meaning of the data for the cor-responding device type (e.g. I /O module, drive, encoder, etc.). With thesedefinitions the application programmer can access many components fromdifferent manufacturers with CANopen capability without any intensivework on the protocol. CANopen participants which belong to the same dev-ice family have their data organised in the same way. The characteristics ofthese device classes are indicated in the “device profiles”.Despite this definition the basic CAN structure which allows each bus partic-ipant to send messages (data) to the network is maintained. Only the net-work master (NMT master) exists once and is used, among others, for theinitialisation and monitoring of the system.A list of device parameters is defined in CANopen nodes in the object direc-tory (OD) in which all settings are described and stored. It does not onlyserve as a device description but also as an interface for the access to thedata by other CANopen devices. Larger, non time-critical data volumes are transmitted via “Service DataObjects” (SDOs). In addition there are at least two “Process Data Objects”(PDOs) for transmitting and receiving time-critical process data.Monitoring of the participants and the network is also carried out via CANobjects. The “Nodeguarding Object” or the “Heartbeat” monitors if a partic-ipant responds within a defined time. “Emergency Objects” are transmittedfor the display of hardware and software errors.

CANopenTo make things even simpler for the CAN user the standardised protocollayer CANopen is based on the existing definitions. More and more manu-facturers of machines and installations join to form “user groups” to maketheir specific definitions on the basis of these standards. This is why CANwith the protocol layer CANopen provides the future-oriented and flexiblebasis for a bus system in mobile machines and installations.

General information on CANopen

All devices described in this catalogue with CAN interface support theCANopen protocol.When using CANopen devices from ifm electronic configuration can be carried out by means of the programming software and the control modules(network master) but also by means of external tools (PC software, CAN-view analyser). Which tool is best suited depends on the complexity and on the systemrequirements. ifm electronic supports project engineers and programmerswith the appropriate tools and services.

CAN in ecomatmobile components

Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 16: ifm catalogue control systems

16

In general, these are machines with fewer operating functions. Only a fewcontroller inputs and outputs are needed.

Controller module with suitable I /O configuration (e.g. CR0020).Dialogue module to display system states and diagnostic data. Depen-ding on the requirements a PDM360 display with graphic capabilities(e.g. CR1050) or the PDM360 smart display (e.g. CR1070).

Automation of a mobile machineWhich devices are suited for the individual applications mainly depends onthe design of the machine or installation. Also, the service and mountingconcept is important for the device selection.For the sake of simplicity a distinction is made between three concepts:

Typical applications:Equipment mounted on agricultural machines, access platforms, compactconstruction machines, simple monitoring and diagnostic modules.

Machines with distributed intelligenceMachines, which can be split up in logical function blocks, can often be op-erated with several stand-alone controller modules. The input and outputrequirement of these machines is higher and often includes several independ-ent controller elements. Only a few data have to be exchanged between theindividual controllers.

Two or more controller modules with suitable I /O configuration (e.g.CR0020 / CR0505). Each module has its own application program. Data,which are important for the whole system, are provided via the CAN bus.Dialogue module to display system states and diagnostic data.Depending on the requirements a PDM360 colour display with graphiccapabilities (e.g. CR1051) or the PDM360 smart display (e.g. CR1070).

Typical applications:Complex construction machines, mobile cranes, aircraft tractors, multiple-unit vehicles, fork-lift trucks.

Machines with central controller

F1esc F2 F3 F4 F5 F6

Typical exampleof a machine with a centralcontroller.

Extreme shockand vibration:

Reliable functionof the sensitive

electronics mustbe guaranteed

under harsh operating condi-

tions as well.

Distributed intelligence: In

the differentfunctional

segments ofmobile cranes

segment-specificcontrol units are

often used.

General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 17: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

17

For reducing the wiring complexity a decentralised machine design is recom-mended. Several decentralised input / output modules are connected to acentral controller. Via the CAN bus the data are read and processed in thecontroller and then transferred again to the I /O modules. Depending on thecomplexity of the installation the correct design of the bus system must beensured.

Controller module with suitable I /O configuration (e.g. CR0505).One or several decentralised input / output modules which are networkedvia the CAN bus (CANopen protocol).Dialogue module to display system states and diagnostic data. Depen-ding on the requirements a PDM360 display with graphic capabilities(e.g. CR1051) or the PDM360 smart display (e.g. CR1070).

Typical applications:Complex construction machines, drilling tools, municipal vehicles.

Machines with decentralised control technology

F1esc F2 F3 F4 F5 F6

CAN slaves

CAN master

CAN/CANopen

Typical exampleof a machine witha decentralisedcontroller.

Decentralisedcontrol techno-

logy is often used in munici-

pal vehicles.

Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 18: ifm catalogue control systems

18

3 steps to define the mobile control systemStep 1: Definition of the automation conceptFirst the automation concept must be defined. It depends on the size of themachine and complexity of the control task. Integration of the system com-ponents and after-sale service must also be taken into account when thesystem is designed.Small compact machines are often fitted with a central control system. Ifnecessary, some actuators, e.g. remote valve blocks, are connected to thesystem via a CAN module. Since components without the required protec-tion rating are often used they are mounted in a control cabinet. For practi-cal reasons the controller is then also installed there.

If there is a control cabinet

anyway, the controller is often

also mountedthere for practical

reasons.

Ring

Node2

CAN_H

Node1

Node4

Node5

Node3

CAN_L

Linie/Line

Node2

CAN_H

Node1

Node4

Node5

Node3

CAN_L

Stern/Star

Node2

CAN_H

Node1

Node4

Node5

Node3

CAN_L

When the CANnetwork is designed, the network structuremust be takeninto account.

If it is possible from a technical and commercial point of view, the structureshould be decentralised. To do so, the machine is divided into logical func-tion units. Hydraulic valve blocks, sensors and machine specific functions aredivided into a clearly structured network. The advantage: In case of a serviceonly individual modules have to be checked and replaced, if necessary.The following points should be taken into account for the systemdesign.

Where are the system components positioned? Are they protectedagainst extreme mechancial stress (e.g. impact from stones or otherdebris on the connector system)? Extreme temperatures (e.g. hotasphalt) can also influence the components.Which wiring is chosen (material and cable design)?Where are the cables routed?

General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 19: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

19

How can an optimum network structure be implemented?Which operating concept is planned? Conventional design with mecha-nical switches and pushbuttons wired onto the controller module or anI /O module? Or is the machine to be operated via a dialogue module,e.g. PDM360?Which diagnostic and service functions are planned? Are system messa-ges to be displayed or transferred via CANcom / GPS with position infor-mation of the machine, if needed?Can functions be grouped? In particular for the implemention of relay-controlled systems using CAN modules and operating functions in dialo-gue modules often reduces the number of the required inputs andoutputs.

Step 2: Selection of the componentsIn most cases selection of the system components is based on the neededdata. So the number of the inputs and outputs and their function must beconsidered. The controllers and I/O modules of the ecomatmobile systemare configurable in many ways. Almost all requirements for the systemdesign can therefore be implemented.If components are mounted in the exposed part of the machine, the devicesshould have the protection rating IP 67.The CompactModules are an excellent choice for applications that are toextend the machine functions at a later point in time. Even if machines witha variety of options are made, compact modules are the first choice. Flexibil-ity of the SmartModules is fully utilised if they are connected using a pre-wired cable harness.The controllers and modules of the Cabinet series are intended for use in thecab or control cabinets.For machines with open control panels, using a monochrome PDM360 withtransflective display is recommended, as even frontal sun radiation does notinfluence readability.

Irrespective of the applicationecomatmobilealways offers a solution.

Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Smallapplication

Complexmachines •

Safetyrequire-ments

Machineswith cabin

Enginediagnosis •

Machineswith opencontrol panel

16 bit Conrollers

ClassicExtended

Smart Cabinet

32 bit Conroller

Classic Compact Smart Cabinet Keypad PDM360 PDM360compact

PDM360smart

I/O modules Dialogue modules

Page 20: ifm catalogue control systems

20

Step 3: Programming and network configurationThe R 360 controllers are programmed with the software CoDeSys. All therequired functions for parameter setting of the CANopen modules, trig-gering of the dialogue modules and for the complex control functions areavailable.It makes sense to implement the machine functions with individual softwaremodules, so-called function blocks, and to test them individually. The soft-ware can then be organised more clearly. Function blocks have one moreadvantage. Implemented functions can be grouped in libraries and used inanother project later on.Extensive software tools support the programmer to implement the applica-tion. The “downloader” program enables loading of the controller softwareindependently of the programming system. This function is mainly used inproduction because downloading can be automated via an easy batch pro-cessing.In combination with the CAN interface CANview, the bus monitoring soft-ware CANmon enables exact monitoring of the communication data on thebus. Depending on the monitoring profile selected the data are commented andfiltered. Incorrect settings can be determined quickly and reliably.

programmingprojection

documentationevaluation

CANmem CANcomGSM

SD-Card

visualisationevaluation

internet

From projectionup to visualisationecolog softwarein practice.

CAN bus monitoring with

CANmon.

General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 21: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

21

Notes and explanations

Page 22: ifm catalogue control systems
Page 23: ifm catalogue control systems

Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Control systems 24 - 25

List of articles

23

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Page 24: ifm catalogue control systems

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

CP9006 49 85

CP9008 49 85

CR0020 37

CR0032 39

CR0200 41

CR0301 47

CR0302 47

CR0303 47

CR0505 37

CR1050 81

CR1051 81

CR1052 79

CR1053 79

CR1055 79

CR1056 79

CR1060 81

CR1070 77

CR1071 77

CR1500 67

CR2012 65

CR2014 65

CR2016 65

CR2031 61

CR2032 61

CR2033 61

CR2101 111

CR2102 111

CR2500 43

CR2512 63

CR2513 63

CR3001 127

CR3002 127

CR3003 127

CR3004 127

CR3101 97

CR3105 95

CR3106 95

CR7020 45

CR7200 45

CR7505 45

E10735 151

E10736 151

E10737 151

E11048 151

E11049 151

E11187 135

E11277 135

E11416 134

E11417 134

E11418 134

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

E11419 134

E11420 134

E11504 132

E11505 132

E11506 132

E11511 130

E11589 130

E11590 132

E11591 135

E11592 135

E11593 135

E11594 135

E11595 135

E11596 130

E11597 130

E11598 132

E11599 132

E11622 135

E11898 141

E11949 135

E21137 136

E21138 136

E21139 136

E73004 146

E80021 131

E80022 131

EC1021 150

EC1410 147

EC1411 147

EC1412 147

EC1413 147

EC1450 148

EC1451 148

EC1452 146

EC1453 146

EC1520 142

EC1521 142

EC1522 143

EC1523 143

EC2013 141

EC2015 152

EC2016 152

EC2019 113

EC2025 127

EC2032 144

EC2034 144

EC2036 150

EC2045 113

EC2046 141

EC2049 127

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

EC2050 143

EC2053 142

EC2056 143

EC2058 145

EC2059 150

EC2060 113

EC2061 113

EC2062 143

EC2063 144

EC2068 140

EC2070 99

EC2071 99

EC2074 51

EC2075 142

EC2076 145

EC2077 140

EC2080 140

EC2081 140

EC2082 113

EC2083 146

EC2084 141

EC2086 141

EC2088 144

EC2089 142

EC2090 142

EC2091 145

EC2092 150

EC2093 150

EVC001 130

EVC002 130

EVC003 130

EVC004 130

EVC005 130

EVC006 130

EVC010 134

EVC011 134

EVC012 134

EVC013 134

EVC014 134

EVC015 134

EVC016 134

EVC017 134

EVC018 134

EVC019 134

EVC030 134

EVC031 134

EVC032 134

EVC033 134

EVC034 134

EVC055 135

List of articles Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Control systems

24

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 25: ifm catalogue control systems

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

EVC056 135

EVC057 135

EVC058 135

EVC059 135

EVC060 135

EVC061 135

EVC062 135

EVC063 136

EVC064 136

EVC065 136

EVC066 136

EVC067 136

EVC068 136

EVC069 136

EVC070 131

EVC071 131

EVC072 131

EVC073 131

EVC074 131

EVC075 131

EVC076 132

EVC077 132

EVC078 132

EVC079 132

EVC080 132

EVC081 132

EVC094 133

EVC095 132

EVT010 130

EVT011 130

EVT012 130

EVT013 130

EVT014 130

EVT015 130

EVT043 135

IFM203 117

IFM204 117

IFM205 115

IFM206 115

IFM207 117

IFM208 117

IFM209 115

IFM210 115

IGM200 117

IGM201 117

IGM202 117

IGM203 117

IGM204 115

IGM205 115

IGM206 115

Orderno.

Approvals Cataloguepage

IGM207 115

IIM200 117

IIM201 117

IIM202 117

IIM203 117

IIM208 115

IIM209 115

IIM210 115

IIM211 115

IN5281 117

IN5282 117

O2M110 83

PA3020 119

PA3021 119

PA3022 119

PA3023 119

PA3024 119

PA3026 119

PA3060 119

PA9020 119

PA9021 119

PA9022 119

PA9023 119

PA9024 119

PA9026 119

PA9060 119

PP2001 151

PP7550 119

PP7551 119

PP7552 119

PP7553 119

PP7554 119

PP7556 119

Order numbersin alphanumeric order

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

25

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 26: ifm catalogue control systems
Page 27: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Mobile controllers

27

Controllers and software

ClassicController 16 bitClassicController 32 bitExtendedController 16 bitSmartController 16 bitSafetyController 16 bitCabinetController 16 bitCoDeSys software and toolsStarter set

36 - 3738 - 3940 - 4142 - 4344 - 4546 - 4748 - 4950 - 51

System descriptionSelection chart

28 - 3334 - 35

Page 28: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

System descriptionMobile controllers Controllers and software

28

IntroductionIn the meantime the 3rd generation of the ecomatmobile controller is avail-able. Due to the new and extended functions it is a universal and user-friendly control system used in a wide range of applications worldwide.The powerful 16-bit microcontroller enables a very short cycle time of theapplication program. The large program memory allows the processing ofcomplex application programs. A second integrated 8-bit microcontrollermonitors the important system functions such as cycle time or hardwaretimer.All common data types like BIT, WORD, STRING, REAL (floating decimalpoint) and extensive function libraries are available to the user for program-ming. They are used to solve among others mathematical tasks (e.g. arith-metic, trigonometric and standardisation functions) and implement controlfunctions (e.g. PID controller, synchro controller). Libraries for CAN andCANopen communication, exchange of data with dialogue modules and dif-ferent gateway functions (e.g. SAE J 1939) offer the programmer a conven-ient software interface to the other network components.In addition to digital inputs and outputs the controller also has analogueports. Inputs for fast signals up to 50 kHz can additionally be used. Eachdevice has 8 or 16 PWM outputs, some of which are current-controlled. Theinputs and outputs are protected against interference and overload. The ports support diagnostic functions for signal monitoring. All deviceshave a wide-range power supply for operation in 12/24V on-board supplysystems. Integrated safety functions monitor the program run and reliablyswitch off the outputs, if necessary (SafetyController).

The 3rd gene-ration of the controller family: R360.

Page 29: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Controllers and software

29

Important technical data for the R360 controllerMechanical resistance to exteme shocksHigh protection rating (IP 67) for outdoor usePowerful microcontrollers (C167CS or TriCore 1796) for short cycle timesIncreased functional reliability by means of permanent check sum test of the program and system 8-bit parallel processor to monitor the main processor Load-dump resistanceDiagnostic functions for inputs and outputsCurrent-controlled PWM channelsCurrent, voltage and ratiometric measurement throughparameter setting of analogue channels 0...30 kHz frequency inputs with the option to connectincremental encodersMonitoring and measurement of the supply voltageand device temperature2 or 4 CAN interfaces with CANopen protocol and free protocol(layer 2) for program download and communicationSerial RS-232 interface for program download and communicationUse as safety-related controller according to IEC 61508 / EN 13849Free programming to IEC 61131-3 with the standardised languagesfunction block diagram (FBD), ladder diagram (LD), instruction list (IL),sequential function chart (SFC) and structured text (ST)

Page 30: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

30

SmartControllerThe SmartController performs different control functions. Programmable toIEC 61131-3 like all controllers of the ecomat moble system, it can be adapt-ed to different requirements. Whether it serves as an intelligent slave in adistributed system, as gateway between different CAN systems (SAE J 1939 /CANopen) or as controller for small stand-alone machines, the SmartCon-troller performs all tasks. In this device it is also possible to set the parame-ters of the input and output function via the user program.

SafetyControllerThe ClassicController for safety-related appliations up to the safety category 3(EN 954-1) is called SafetyController. In this device special test routines forhardware and software monitoring are implemented. Nevertheless, the con-trollers are easily and conveniently programmable via CoDeSys. Due to thecertification of the hardware, operating system software and programmingtools it is easy for the project engineer to get the approval for the machine.Full concentration can be given to the application program.

High flexibility for a wide range

of applications:The Classic-Controller.

ClassicControllerThe ClassicController is the basic device of the R360 controller family. Thefirst generation was a universal platform for a wide range of applicationswith its numerous configurable inputs and outputs. The latest generation of this controller is available in two types, they enableimplementation of many device variants due to their flexible configuration.The great advantage: storage at the OEM and for service on site is consider-ably reduced. The ClassicController is available as 16-bit variant with 24 or 40 inputs andoutputs and as 32-bit variant with 32 multifunctional inputs and outputs.The function is defined in the user program.

ExtendedControllerLike the ClassicController, the ExtendedController supports the various func-tions of the configurable inputs / outputs and interfaces. In one housing itprovides up to 80 inputs / outputs, connection is made via two 55-way con-nectors.Depending on the selected mode the ExtendedController can be used withsimple or dual CPU function. As default, 80 inputs / outputs are available. Allfunctions are managed by the central CPU and programmed via a user pro-gram to IEC 61131-3.In the “dual CPU” mode the user can access two separately programmablecontrollers with 40 inputs / outputs each. But the internal synchronised datainterface still enables easy exchange between separately running processors.

signalgenerator

machine

feedback signals

decoupling

controlelectronics

controlelectronics

Basic device struc-ture in controllersup to the safetycategory 3.

System descriptionMobile controllers Controllers and software

Page 31: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

31

CabinetControllerThe CabinetController is suitable for signal processing, in particular in oper-ating panels. To connect the switches, sensors and actuators the importantpotentials are available at the device connectors. No further terminals areneeded. The flat design enables integration in dashboards and operatingpanels. The CabinetController is also used in control cabinets of small stand-alone machines. Free programming via CoDeSys enables evaluation and pro-cessing of the signals directly where they are provided.

ConfigurabilityAnalogue inputsThe analogue inputs can be configured via the user program. They can beused as 0/4...20 mA current inputs and as voltage inputs. In the functionvoltage input the measuring range 0...10 V or 0...32 V can be selected. If theoperating mode 0...32 V is selected it is possible to read back the systemsupply voltage. This allows the measurement to be performed ratiometri-cally. Potentiometers or joysticks can then be evaluated without additionalreference voltage. Supply voltage fluctuations have no influence on themeasured value. As an alternative, an analogue channel can also be evalu-ated as a digital input.

For installation indashboards andoperating panels:The CabinetCon-troller.

EMCfilter

analogue input

curr

ent m

easu

rem

ent

volta

ge m

easu

rem

ent

0… 1

0/3

2 V

voltage

referencevoltage

UB

Block diagram of the analogueinputs.

Controllers and software

Page 32: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

32

Digital inputsDepending on the controller, digital inputs are available with different confi-guration options. In addition to the protective mechanisms against interfer-ence the digital inputs are internally evaluated via an analogue converter.This enables diagnosis of the input signals. In the application software theinput signal is provided as bit information. For some of the digital inputs thereference potential is selectable. The input can then be adapted to positiveor negative signals.

Inputs with special input filters enable a frequency and period measurementup to 50 kHz. Due to a software function block for CoDeSys encoders can beeasily and conveniently evaluated.

EMCfilter

digital input

voltage

Block diagramhigh-side / low-side input for negative and positive sensor signals

Low-side input for positive sensorsignals.

GND

Sensor

UB

High-side inputfor negative

sensor signals.

GND

Sensor

UB

System descriptionMobile controllers Controllers and software

Page 33: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

33

Digital and PWM outputsFor the controller outputs three types can be differentiated:

High-side digital outputs with or without diagnostic functionHigh-side digital outputs with or without diagnostic functionand additional PWM modePWM outputs with or without current control function

Current-controlled PWM outputs are mainly used to trigger proportionalhydraulic functions.The Classic and ExtendedControllers also enable selection of high and low-side outputs. This allows the implementation of H bridges, e.g. to triggerdirectional electric motors, in these devices.

Low-side output for negative signal.

GND

Last/ load

UB

High-side output for

positive signal.

GND

Last/ load

UB

Further important functions:Gateway functionsAll controllers have at least one CAN interface which is used to transfer data,e.g. to the decentralised input / output modules or to a dialogue modulethrough the CANopen protocol. The CANopen protocol enables fast and fle-xible connection to the bus.Controllers with more than one CAN interface can be used as gateway. Twodifferent CAN networks can be easily connected to each other. They enabledirect processing of for example control and diagnostic data of diesel en-gines with SAE J 1939 protocol. As an alternative the second CAN interfacecan also be used for freely definable CAN messages (CAN layer 2). For theSmartController CR2501 the second interface is designed as “truck-trailerinterface” to ISO 11992.Programmable to IEC 61131-3Programming via CoDeSys with the programming languages from the stan-dard IEC 61131-3 enables the user to create clear and easy application soft-ware. Function libraries are available for the special hardware functions (e.g.gateway SAE J 1939 / CANopen).

Here triggering of the propor-

tional hydraulicfunctions is per-formed by cur-rent-controlledPWM outputs.

Controllers and software

Page 34: ifm catalogue control systems

RS-232

Total numbers of

inputs / outputs

TÜV approvalIEC 61508EN 13849

Interfaces

CAN CANgatewayfunction

Type PageArea of appl.

Field Controlcabinet

Selection chartMobile controllers Controllers and software

34

80 4 2 • • – –

ClassicController 16 bit

ExtendedController 16 bit

40 2 1 • • –

24 2 1 • • – –

ClassicController 32 bit

32 4 1 • • – –

Mobile controllers R360

SmartController 16 Bit

SafetyController 16 Bit

SafetyController 16 Bit

12 2 1 • • – –

CabinetController, 42 I/O

CabinetController, 36 I/O

40 2 1 • • – •

24 2 1 • • – •

42 1 1 – – • –

80 4 2 • • – •

1 1 – – • –36

CabinetController, 42 I/O

2 1 • – • –42

40

44

44

46

36

36

38

44

42

46

46

Page 35: ifm catalogue control systems

Controllers and software

35

RS-232

Total numbers of

inputs / outputs

TÜV approvalIEC 61508EN 13849

Interfaces

CAN CANgatewayfunction

Type PageArea of appl.

Field Controlcabinet

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Starter set

–Down-load via

CAN

Down-load viaRS-232

– – – –

CoDeSys + tools

System software for mobile controllers

Starter set

12 2 1 • – – –

48

50

Page 36: ifm catalogue control systems

ClassicController 16 bit

Robust controller for mobile use

The ClassicController has been specially developed foruse in vehicles and mobile machines. Many years ofexperience with the development and construction ofmobile controllers have been applied to the new devicegeneration.The user can select the requested function of the inputsand outputs through parameter setting. Thus the samecontroller module can be used for different require-ments. This reduces storage. In addition to the flexibleI/O level each controller module is equipped with twoCAN interfaces. A freely programmable CAN gatewaycan be implemented for coupling different networks. Itsupports all important bus protocols. This enables aneasy exchange of SAE J 1939 engine and CANopendata. Different transmission rates and the transparent orpreprocessing exchange of data between the networksare supported. The user can easily integrate all functionsin the application program via programming to IEC61131-3.

Inputs for analogue, digital,diagnostic and pulse signals.

Digital, PWM or current-controlledoutputs, H-bridge function.

Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.

2 gateway interfaces, protocols forCANopen, SAE J 1939, ISO 11992.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013

Connector wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046

Connector wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086

Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084

Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, German CP9006

Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, English CP9008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Mobile controllers Controllers and software

ClassicController

36

Controllersandsoftware

Page

Mobile controllersClassic-

Controller

36 - 39

Extended-Controller

40 - 41

Smart-Controller

42 - 43

Safety-Controller

44 - 45

Cabinet-Controller

46 - 47

CoDeSyssoftwareand tools

48 - 49

Starter set

50 - 51

Page 37: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

ClassicController 16 BitAnalogue, digital, diagnostic and pulse inputsDigital, PWM or current-controlled outputs, H-bridge function

Inputs /outputs

total

Inputsdigital /

analogue

Inputs dig. /frequency

(pos. / neg.)

Inputsdigital

(pos. / neg.)

Inputsdigital

Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled

Out-puts

digital

OutputsdigitalPWM

FunctionH-bridge

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

40 8 8 8 16 8 12 4 2 1 1 CR0020

24 8 8 – 8 8 – – – 2 1 CR0505

Common technical data

Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole AMP connectorTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitching current outputs: 4 A / 2 AInterfaces: 2 x CAN 2.0, 1 x RS-232Program memory: 768 kB flashData memory: 128 kB SRAM, 128 kB flashData memory (non volatile): 17 kBCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)

You can find scale drawings from page 180

Controllers and software

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

37

Block diagram

VBBS

16-bitμController

digital OUT

clock

5 V

watchdog

analogue IN

digital IN

TEST

RS 232

RAM2x128 kbytes

FRAM32 kbytes

addressdecoder

reset

VBBO

VBBR

3.3 V

55-p

ole

conn

ectio

n

CAN 1

CAN 2Flash

2048 kbytes

Page 38: ifm catalogue control systems

ClassicController 32 bit

Robust controller for mobile use

The ClassicController has been specially developed foruse in vehicles and mobile machines. Many years ofexperience with the development and construction ofmobile controllers have been applied to the new devicegeneration.The user can select the requested function of the inputsand outputs through parameter setting. Thus the samecontroller module can be used for different require-ments. This reduces storage. In addition to the flexibleI/O level each controller module is equipped with fourCAN interfaces. A freely programmable CAN gatewaycan be implemented for coupling different networks. Itsupports all important bus protocols. This enables aneasy exchange of SAE J 1939 engine and CANopendata. Different transmission rates and the transparent orpreprocessing exchange of data between the networksare supported. The user can easily integrate all functionsin the application program via programming to IEC61131-3.

Inputs for analogue, digital,diagnostic and pulse signals.

Digital, PWM or current-controlledoutputs, H-bridge function.

Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.

4 gateway interfaces, protocols forCANopen, SAE J 1939, ISO 11992.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013

Connector wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046

Connector wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086

Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084

Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, German CP9006

Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, English CP9008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Mobile controllers Controllers and software

ClassicController

38

Controllersandsoftware

Page

Mobile controllersClassic-

Controller

36 - 39

Extended-Controller

40 - 41

Smart-Controller

42 - 43

Safety-Controller

44 - 45

Cabinet-Controller

46 - 47

CoDeSyssoftwareand tools

48 - 49

Starter set

50 - 51

Page 39: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

ClassicController 32 BitAnalogue, digital, diagnostic and pulse inputsDigital, PWM or current-controlled outputs, H-bridge function

Inputs /outputs

total

Inputsdigital /

analogue

Inputs dig. /frequency

(pos. / neg.)

Inputsdigital

(pos. / neg.)

Inputsdigital

Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled

Out-puts

digital

OutputsdigitalPWM

FunctionH-bridge

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

32 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 2 3 1 CR0032

Common technical data

Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole AMP connectorTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitching current outputs: 4 A / 2 AInterfaces: 4 x CAN, 1 x RS-232, 1 x USBProgram memory: 1.25 MB flashData memory: 256 kB SRAMData memory (non volatile): 56 kB FRAMCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)

You can find scale drawings from page 180

Controllers and software

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

39

Block diagram

input group 16 channels

inputterminal

EMCprotection

signalprocessing

digital and PWM outputcurrent measurement and diagnosis

outputterminal

relay

virt

. CO

M p

ort

(US

B h

ardw

are)

RS

-232

inte

rfac

e

CA

N in

terf

ace

CA

N in

terf

ace

CA

N in

terf

ace

CA

N in

terf

ace

spec

ial f

unct

ions

test

inpu

t, LE

D

copr

oces

sor

volta

ge m

onito

ring

wat

chdo

g

relay

supplyterminals

EMCprotection

voltagesupply

10...

32 V 5.0 V

1.5 V

switching between sectionsand operating modes

Impedance transformationcomparator

main processor 32-bit CPU Infineon TriCore 1796

S-RAM FRAM

current measurement,PWM, diagnosisADC, counter, ...

refe

renc

evo

ltage

out

put

output group 16 channels

3.3 V

Page 40: ifm catalogue control systems

ExtendedController 16 bit

Twin-packed mobile controller

If many inputs and outputs are required in mobilemachines and installations, the ExtendedController isused. Like the ClassicController, it supports the nume-rous functions of the configurable inputs / outputs andinterfaces.Depending on the selected operating system the Exten-dedController can be used with single or dual CPU func-tion. As default, 80 inputs and outputs are available.Furthermore, this operating mode supports two CANinterfaces for the freely programmable CAN gatewayfunctions. All these functions are managed by the cen-tral CPU and programmed via a user program to IEC61131-3.In the “dual CPU” mode the user can access two sepa-rately programmable controllers with 40 inputs / out-puts each. But the internal synchronised data interfacestill enables easy exchange between the separately run-ning application processes. The ExtendedControlleradditionally supports up to four CAN interfaces in thisoperating mode.

Inputs for analogue, digital, diagnosticand pulse signals.

Digital, PWM or current-controlledoutputs, H-bridge function.

Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.

2 gateway interfaces, protocols forCANopen, SAE J 1939, ISO 11992.

Extended ClassicController with80 input / output channels.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013

Connector wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046

Connector wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086

Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084

Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, German CP9006

Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, English CP9008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Mobile controllers Controllers and software

ExtendedController

40

Controllersandsoftware

Page

Mobile controllersClassic-

Controller

36 - 39

Extended-Controller

40 - 41

Smart-Controller

42 - 43

Safety-Controller

44 - 45

Cabinet-Controller

46 - 47

CoDeSyssoftwareand tools

48 - 49

Starter set

50 - 51

Page 41: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

ExtendedController 16 bitCompact design with 80 inputs / outputs

Inputs /outputs

total

Inputsdigital /

analogue

Inputs dig. /frequency

(pos. / neg.)

Inputsdigital

(pos. / neg.)

Inputsdigital

Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled

Out-puts

digital

OutputsdigitalPWM

FunctionH-bridge

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

80 16 16 16 32 16 24 8 4 1 2 CR0200

Common technical data

Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole AMP connectorTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitching current outputs: 4 A / 2 AInterfaces: 4 x CAN 2.0, 2 x RS-232Program memory: 768 kB flashData memory: 128 kB SRAM, 128 kB flashData memory (non volatile): 17 kBCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)

You can find scale drawings from page 180

Controllers and software

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

41

Block diagram (present twice in the device)

VBBS

16-bitμController

digital OUT

clock

5 V

watchdog

analogue IN

digital IN

TEST

RS 232

RAM2x128 kbytes

FRAM32 kbytes

addressdecoder

reset

VBBO

VBBR

3.3 V

55-p

ole

conn

ectio

n

CAN 1

CAN 2Flash

2048 kbytes

Page 42: ifm catalogue control systems

SmartController 16 bit

Universal controller

In small machines or applications where preprocessingof signals and data is required compact and very power-ful controller modules are used. The SmartControllerR360 has the required features. Depending on the con-figuration it can fulfil the different requirements.It can therefore be used as a compact controller. Theintegrated CANopen interface enables a flexible andpowerful extension of the system with further intelligentand standard I/O modules.If the two CAN interfaces are used, a freely programm-able CAN gateway for coupling different networks isavailable which supports all important bus protocols.This enables an easy exchange of SAE J 1939 engine andCANopen data. Different transmission rates and thetransparent or preprocessing exchange of data betweennetworks are supported.

Usable as intelligent I/O moduleor CANopen master.

Gateway functions, CANopen, SAE J 1939.

Configurable I/O functions.

Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013

Connector wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046

Connector wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086

Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084

Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, German CP9006

Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, English CP9008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Mobile controllers Controllers and software

SmartController

42

Controllersandsoftware

Page

Mobile controllersClassic-

Controller

36 - 39

Extended-Controller

40 - 41

Smart-Controller

42 - 43

Safety-Controller

44 - 45

Cabinet-Controller

46 - 47

CoDeSyssoftwareand tools

48 - 49

Starter set

50 - 51

Page 43: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

SmartController 16 bitGateway functions for CANopen, SAE J 1939, ISO 11992 and ISO 11783

Inputs /outputs

total

Inputsanalogue

(V / I)

Inputs dig. /frequency

(pos. / neg.)

Inputsdigital

(pos. / neg.)

Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled

Gatewayfunction2nd CAN

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

8 4 2 2 4 SAE J 1939 4 3 CR2500

Common technical data

Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole AMP connectorTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitching current outputs: 4 AInterfaces: 2 x CAN 2.0, 1 x RS-232Program memory: 192 kB flashData memory: 64 kB SRAM, 32 kB flashData memory (non volatile): 3 kBCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)

You can find scale drawings from page 180

Controllers and software

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

43

Block diagram

16 BitμController EEPROM

digital OUT

+UBclock

5 V

resetwatchdog

55-p

ole

conn

ectio

n

+UB

analogue IN

digital IN

TEST

RS 232

CAN 1

CAN 2

RAM2x128 kbytes

flash1 Mbyte

external CANcontroller

addressdecoder

Page 44: ifm catalogue control systems

R360 SafetyController 16 bit

Safety-related controller

For control tasks with increased safety requirements theSafetyController R360 is available. Due to its integratedhardware and software function applications to IEC 61508 / EN 13849 can be controlled and monitored. Permanent checks of the CPU, memory and other hard-ware by the operating system and extended diagnosticfunctions of the outputs enable a continuous monito-ring of the control process. All important system infor-mation for the application program can be found in theeasy and clear programming system CoDeSys to IEC61131-3. Software tools enable safe and reliable loa-ding of the approved software for the machine produc-tion as well.Via the CAN interface and CANopen protocol the Safe-tyController can be connected to further non safety-related controllers or input / output modules of theR360 device family.

Safety controller to IEC 61508 / EN 13849 safety category 3.

Extended monitoring and testroutines for hardware and software.

Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.

CAN interface with CANopenand CANopen safety protocol.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013

Connector wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046

Connector wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086

Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084

Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, German CP9006

Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, English CP9008

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Mobile controllers Controllers and software

SafetyController

44

Controllersandsoftware

Page

Mobile controllersClassic-

Controller

36 - 39

Extended-Controller

40 - 41

Smart-Controller

42 - 43

Safety-Controller

44 - 45

Cabinet-Controller

46 - 47

CoDeSyssoftwareand tools

48 - 49

Starter set

50 - 51

Page 45: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

R360 SafetyControllerAnalogue, digital, diagnostic and pulse inputsDigital, PWM or current-controlled outputs, H-bridge function (to IEC 61508 / EN 13849)

Inputs /outputs

total

Inputsdigital /

analogue

Inputs dig. /frequency

(pos.)

Inputsdigital

(pos. / neg.)

Inputsdigital

Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled

Out-puts

digital

OutputsdigitalPWM

FunctionH-bridge

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

40 8 8 8 4 8 12 4 2 5 1 CR7020

24 8 8 – 4 8 – – – 6 1 CR7505

80 16 16 16 8 16 24 8 4 5 2 CR7200

Common technical data

Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole AMP connectorTemperature range: -40...75 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitching current outputs: 4 A / 2 AInterfaces: 2 x CAN 2.0, 1 x RS-232Program memory: 768 kB flashData memory: 128 kB SRAM, 128 kB flashData memory (non volatile): 17 kBCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)

You can find scale drawings from page 180

Controllers and software

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

45

Block diagram

VBBS

16-bitμController

digital OUT

clock

5 V

watchdog

analogue IN

digital IN

TEST

RS 232

RAM2x128 kbytes

FRAM32 kbytes

addressdecoder

reset

VBBO

VBBR

3.3 V

55-p

ole

conn

ectio

n

CAN 1

CAN 2Flash

2048 kbytes

Page 46: ifm catalogue control systems

CabinetController 16 bit

Space-saving control cabinet solution

For large mobile machines cabins for operators are oftenused. In the environment around the driver's workplacemany signals, e.g. from switches, joysticks and signalindicators are generated. To ensure a low-cost connec-tion of these signals to the process controller, they arecollected at a central point, preprocessed and transfer-red via CANopen.The CabinetController has been developed for thisapplication. Its flat design enables integration in dash-boards and operating panels. To connect the switches,sensors and actuators all important potentials arebrought out to the connectors. But the CabinetControl-ler is also used in small compact machines. Here thecontroller is often directly installed in a control cabinet.Therefore a high protection rating and robust housingare not required. All other important data of a mobilecontroller comply with those of the other controllersfrom the ecomat mobile family.

Inputs for analogue, digital,diagnostic and pulse signals.

Digital outputs designed as solid-state outputs or potential-free relays.

Usable as a controller for cockpitor operating panels.

Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Plug set for CR0301, CR0302 EC2075

Plug set for CR0303 EC2090

RS-232 programming adapterfor CR0301, CR0302 EC2076

Cable with connectorAMP 6-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1520

Cable with connectorAMP 10-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1521

Cable with connectorAMP 14-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1522

Cable with connectorAMP 18-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1523

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Mobile controllers Controllers and software

CabinetController

46

Controllersandsoftware

Page

Mobile controllersClassic-

Controller

36 - 39

Extended-Controller

40 - 41

Smart-Controller

42 - 43

Safety-Controller

44 - 45

Cabinet-Controller

46 - 47

CoDeSyssoftwareand tools

48 - 49

Starter set

50 - 51

Page 47: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

R360 CabinetControllerIntegration in dashboards and operating panels

Inputs /outputs

total

Inputs digital /analogue

(V / I)

Inputsdigital /

frequency

Inputsdigital

Outputsdigital /

PWM

Outputsrelay

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

42 8 / 8 4 / 4 8 / – 4 / 4 10 / – 7 4 CR0301

36 8 / 8 4 / 4 8 / – 4 / 8 – / – 8 5 CR0302

42 8 / 8 4 / 4 12 / 4 12 / 8 – / 6 9 6 CR0303

Common technical data

CR0301, CR0302Housing: open with pottingConnectors.: 18-, 10-, 6-pole AMPTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 20; Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitch. curr. output: PNP 2 A, relays 2/10 AInterfaces: 1 x CAN 2.0, 1 x RS232Program memory: 192 kB flashData memory: 64 kB SRAM, 32 kB flashData memory (non volatile): 3 kBCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)

You can find scale drawings from page 180

Controllers and software

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

47

Block diagram CR0301, CR0302

16-bitμController EEPROM

digital OUT

+UB

clock

5 V

resetwatchdog

analogue IN

digital IN

TEST

RS 232

CAN

RAM2x128 kbytes

Flash512 kbytes

addressdecoder

+UB

+UB1 Amp

except forCR 0302

Cable for CabinetController

EC15206 poles

CR0301 –1

–CR0302

CR0303 –

1

2 2

2

2 3

2

3

EC152110 poles

EC152214 poles

EC152318 poles

Page 48: ifm catalogue control systems

CoDeSys + tools

Powerful programming software

The importance of the software keeps increasing inmobile control technology as well. Therefore it is neces-sary for the user to have compatible and easy-to-useprograms for software creation, parameter setting andremote maintenance.The programming tool CoDeSys to IEC 61131-3 provi-des the programmer with different program languages(FBD, LD, SFC, IL and ST) for fast project implementationand management. A powerful visualisation module forthe graphic representation of the machine and installa-tion functions completes the package. Via the integra-ted target visualisation the drawn graphic elements canbe directly loaded to the graphic display PDM360.In addition to the programming tool, the software CAN-com Basisstation provides a powerful PC tool for remotemonitoring and maintenance. It is also possible toexchange the application software in the networkedcontrollers via this interface.

Usable on common Windows PCs.

Easy networking of the devices withthe PC by means of the CAN bus.

Standardised software interface withDDE or OLE technology.

Powerful interfaces, e.g. for GPSdata or FTP transfer.

User-friendly and easy to use.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

CAN-PC interface CANview RS-232 EC2070

CAN-PC interface CANview USB EC2071

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Mobile controllers Controllers and software

CoDeSys software and tools

48

Controllersandsoftware

Page

Mobile controllersClassic-

Controller

36 - 39

Extended-Controller

40 - 41

Smart-Controller

42 - 43

Safety-Controller

44 - 45

Cabinet-Controller

46 - 47

CoDeSyssoftwareand tools

48 - 49

Starter set

50 - 51

Page 49: ifm catalogue control systems

CD structure

CoDeSys programming and diagnostic softwareSoftware tools for the ecomatmobile system

VersionCoDeSys

Language Use forR 360

Use forPDM 360

Programminginterface

Data carrier Orderno.

2.3 German yes yes RS-232, CAN, Ethernet CD-ROM CP9006

2.3 English yes yes RS-232, CAN, Ethernet CD-ROM CP9008

You can find scale drawings from page 180

Controllers and software

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

49

Screenshot

Page 50: ifm catalogue control systems

R360 starter set

Complete set for learning and testing.

If you have no experience with programming via CoDe-Sys, the R360 starter set gives you an easy and conve-nient introduction to the R360 controller hardware andto the different CoDeSys programming languages. Thepackage contains all the required hardware components– from the controller, power supply to the completecable harness with integrated simulator for input andoutput signals. The required programming software,documentation and other tools are contained on theenclosed CD. The printed brief instructions allow easyand successful introduction to the first project with theR360 starter set.But the starter set also offers many advantages for theexperienced programmer. Program parts can be develo-ped, tested and optimised without much input irrespec-tive of the overall application. The CAN interfacesbrought out from the cable harness enable developmentand optimisation of network programs.

Easy system introduction.

Wired hardware components.

Integrated simulator for analogueand digital signals.

Two CAN interfaces to test allCAN / gateway functions.

Programming system, examplesand documentation on CD-ROM.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Spring terminal box EC2032

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Mobile controllers Controllers and software

Starter set

50

Controllersandsoftware

Page

Mobile controllersClassic-

Controller

36 - 39

Extended-Controller

40 - 41

Smart-Controller

42 - 43

Safety-Controller

44 - 45

Cabinet-Controller

46 - 47

CoDeSyssoftwareand tools

48 - 49

Starter set

50 - 51

Page 51: ifm catalogue control systems

Starter set EC2074

R360 starter set with SmartControllerEasy start with the ecomatmobile system

R360 device VersionCoDeSys

Language Programminginterface

Datacarrier

Wiringdiagram

no.

Orderno.

CR2500 2.3 German / English RS-232, CAN CD-ROM 18 EC2074

Common technical data

The set consists of:SmartController (CR2500),programming software CoDeSys,tools and documentation,plug-in power supply with adapter (EU / UK),complete cable harness,simulator for input / output signals,manual with examples,short instructions

You can find scale drawings from page 180

Controllers and software

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

51

Schematic diagram

ecomat 100 System R 360

%IX0.0

%QX0.0

%IX0.8 %IX1.0 %IX1.8

%QX0.8 %QX1.0 %QX1.8

%IW6

RS 232D-SUB (9 poles)

24V DCconnector (2 poles)

CAN bus 1socket (5 poles)

I /O simulator box

CAN bus 2socket (5 poles)

Page 52: ifm catalogue control systems
Page 53: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

I/O modules

53

I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

CompactModules metalSmartModulesCabinetModulesKeypadModule

60 - 6162 - 6364 - 6566 - 67

System descriptionSelection chart

54 - 5758

Page 54: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

System description

54

I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

IntroductionDecentralised I /O modules connect binary and analogue sensors and actua-tors to the controller via the CAN bus. The great advantage over conven-tional direct wiring: The CAN modules are mounted where the signals aregenerated. Compared to conventional wiring the number of the cables isconsiderably reduced. Furthermore, I /O modules also provide functions forsignal preprocessing.In the control cabinet, the cabin or directly in the field: The various types andconnection technologies provide solutions for almost all applications. The common function of all I /O modules of the ecomatmobile series: Theyare networked with the other system components by means of the CAN busvia the CANopen protocol.

CANopen in I /O modulesTo obtain a uniform protocol for networking the different CAN participantsCANopen was defined in 1996. First the structure of the communicationprofile was laid down. It defines among others the network configuration,the transmission of process data and the synchronous exchange of data be-tween network participants.To standardise the device and application-specific parameters of the prod-ucts on the market, further definitions were made in the device profiles.For digital and analogue input / output modules the profile DSP 401 is used.The device parameters are set via the object directory using “service dataobjects” (SDOs). Additionally, time-critical process data, i.e. the “processdata objects” (PDOs), of the sensors and actuators can be exchanged via theobject directory.CAN objects also monitor the participants and the network. The “nodeguar-ding object” or the “heart beat” monitors if a participant responds within adefined time. “Emergency objects” are transmitted for the display of hard-ware and software errors.

The input / output functionality of the module is listed by means of applica-tion objects which are described in the object directory of the device. Strictlyspeaking, this also includes objects that are only used in the device. Thefunctionality of the CANopen network is described by means of the commu-nication objects. They are also entered in the object directory. In short: Theobject directory is the central point for the communication of CANopendevices.

deviceapplicationprogram

CANopenDS301+DSP401

programs

CANopenobject directory

outputs

inputs

communicationobjects

applicationobjects

SDOPDONMT

emergency Sync

Model of a CAN-open I/O module.

Page 55: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

55

I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

CompactModules metal – the flexible devices with M12 connection technologyThe CompactModules can be connected using either a 5-wire cable for supply voltage and CAN bus, or using a wired connection cable. To do so,the terminal chamber or the universal M12 connectors on the device areavailable.

The metal CompactModules provide a high flexibility for the configurationof the inputs and outputs. So the user can select between the functions ana-logue and digital input. The analogue channels can be used as 0...20 mAcurrent inputs and as voltage inputs.In the function voltage input the measuring range 0...10 V or 0...32 V can beselected. If in the operating mode 0...32 V the supply voltage is read back,the measurement is performed ratiometrically. This means without addition-al reference voltage potentiometers or joysticks can be evaluated. Fluctua-tion of the supply voltage has no effect on this measured value. The inputsare configured from the user program via the object directory. The outputscan be used as digital and PWM outputs. The module CR2031 also providescurrent control for the direct control of hydraulic valves. The controller trans-fers the preset current value to the modules via a PDO. They monitor the preset value and regulate it if necessary. The CAN network is relieved of thistask.Unused sockets for sensors and actuators can be sealed with blanking plugs.ifm electronic’s wide selection of connection cables offers the right prewiredcable for every application. Straight or angled connection – all cables havethe high protection rating IP 67 and are easy to use.For the CompactModule in metal design connection to CAN is also madeusing wired cables. The CAN drop cables fulfil the specifications of buswiring and provide the easy and safe handling of “conventional” M12cables.

CompactModulescan be adapted to the applicationthrough parame-ter setting.

Compact module CR2031

in a harsh environment.

Page 56: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

56

The Smart-Modules are

incorporated inthe same robust

metal housing as the mobile

controllers.

SmartModules – devices with central plug for the cable harnessThe functions of the devices from the SmartModule family can be comparedto the devices from the CompactModule series. The difference however isthe mechanical design. By means of a central plug they can be directly inte-grated into the cable harnesses of mobile machines and vehicles. These modules also offer high flexibility for the input and output configura-tion. The user can define the inputs to be analogue or digital. For theCR2513 the function of the analogue inputs can be additionally definedthrough parameter setting. Configuration is done from the user program viathe object directory. The analogue channels can be used as 0 /4...20 mA current inputs and as voltage inputs. In the function voltage input the meas-uring range 0...10 V or 0...32 V can be selected. If the operating mode0...32 V is selected it is possible to read back the system supply voltage. Thisallows the measurement to be performed ratiometrically. Potentiometers orjoysticks can then be evaluated without additional reference voltage. Supplyvoltage fluctuations have no influence on the measured value. The outputscan be used as digital and PWM outputs. The modules CR2511 and CR2512also provide a current control for the direct triggering of hydraulic valves.The preset current value is transferred to the modules by the controller via aPDO. They monitor the preset value and regulate it if necessary. The CANnetwork is relieved of this task.For sensors and actuators all required connection pins are provided on thecentral plug: supply voltage, ground connection or signal inputs or outputs.If no cable harness is used, the prewired 55-pole connection cables can beused. For higher requirements a sealed version is available.

Standard connection cable.

Sealed connection cable.

System descriptionI/O modules I/O modules

with CANopen interface

Page 57: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

57

CabinetModules – flexibility for operating panels and cockpitCabinetModules are especially suited for processing signals in operatingpanels and in the cockpit. The flat design enables easy integration in dash-boards and operating panels. These devices are also used in smaller ma-chines with decentralised control cabinets. To connect the switches, sensors and actuators the important potentials aremade available to the device connectors. This eliminates the need of furtherterminals. The parameter setting of the inputs and outputs provides the rightfunction for every application. Configuration is done from the user programvia the object directory. For four input channels the user can select the func-tion analogue or digital input. For these devices the ratiometric measure-ment is also supported. This means that for example analogue joysticks canbe directly evaluated just by reading back the supply voltage without addi-tional reference voltage. Supply voltage fluctuations then have no influenceon the measured value.CabinetModules are an easy option to give analogue joysticks CANbus capability.

KeypadModule – the I /O module for the operatorIn operating panels a large number of keys and signal indicators are oftenneeded. Conventional keys and indicators require much installation spaceand complex mounting.The KeypadModule has a great advantage, in particular with respect tothese two points. Irrespective of whether the device is surface or panelmounted – with few mounting steps and easy wiring on the CAN bus it isquickly ready for use.

Each of the 12 function and 4 arrow keys enables the following operatingmodes:In the mode “pulse operation” each key is active as long as it is pressed. Ifneeded, a timer on delay is also possible.In addition, the keys also support the operating mode “latching”. Theyremain active until they are pressed again.Via the IEC function “CR1500” of the CoDeSys programming software thekey status is transferred to the application.The status LEDs can be triggered individually. Depending on the operatingstate they are off, permanently on or flash at 2 freely selectable frequencies.The LED rows are another display option. The individual segments can betriggered in red or green. Additionally, the operating mode “segment row”with or without colour change is possible.

Space-saving I /O modules formounting in thecockpit and ope-

rating panels.

Many functions of the Keypad-Module can be freely definedthrough para-meter setting.

LED row 1 and arrow keys

top left / right

LED row 2 and arrow keys

bottom left / right

I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

Page 58: ifm catalogue control systems

Selection chart

58

I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

CompactModules metal 8 – – – 8 –

12 4 4 – – 4 –

cable / connector

cable / connector

16 4 4 – – 8 – cable / connector

SmartModules 12 – 4 – 8 –

12 4 4 – – 4 –

55-pole connector

55-pole connector

CabinetModule

32 4 12 – – 4 16 connector

CabinetModule

16 4 16 – – – 4 connector

I/O modules

digital

Total number of

inputs /outputs

ConnectionInputs

analo-gue

keys

Type PageOutputs

PWM /digital /current-

controlled

PWM /digital

digital

60

60

60

62

62

64

KeypadModule

30 – – 16 – –

2 x bar graph(10-LED)

+ 12 LEDs

WAGOcage

clamps5-pole

KeypadModule

66

64

Page 59: ifm catalogue control systems

59

I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Page 60: ifm catalogue control systems

CompactModule metal

Robust modules with M12 connector

If a central controller cannot be used in a mobile machi-ne, decentralised input / output modules are employed.A decentralised structure enables installation of the elec-tronics at the requested machine positions. Due tomodule networking via the powerful CAN bus with theCANopen protocol for mobile use the application can bequickly implemented.The metal CompactModules are fitted with M12 con-nectors which are widely used in industry. An extensiveline of connection cables allows direct, easy and reliableconnection of sensors and actuators. The baud rate andnode number are directly set via CANopen commandsor by means of integrated code switches in the terminalchamber. For networking the CAN bus via wired dropcables M12 connections and terminating resistors areavailable.Due to the high protection rating the modules can bedirectly used in areas with dirt and splashing water.

Configurable input /output function.

Current-control functionfor hydraulic valves.

M12 connector for quick andreliable wiring.

CAN interface withCANopen protocol.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

CAN drop jumperplug M12 / socket M12, 0.3 m E11591

CAN drop jumperplug M12 / socket M12, 2 m E11593

CAN drop socketwired, M12, 2 m E11596

CAN drop socketwired, M12, 5 m E11597

CAN drop connectorwired, M12, 2 m E11598

CAN drop connectorwired, M12, 5 m E11599

Jumper M12 plug / valve plug type A,1 m, (according to DIN 43650) E11187

Jumper M12 plug / valve plug type A2 m, (according to DIN 43650) E11622

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

CompactModule metal

60

I/O moduleswithCANopeninterface

Page

I/O modules

Compact-Modulemetal

60 - 61

Smart-Module

62 - 63

Cabinet-Module

64 - 65

Keypad-Module

66 - 67

Page 61: ifm catalogue control systems

Terminal chamber

CompactModules metalBaud rate and node number selectable via coding switch

Inputs /outputs

total

Inputsanalogue

(V / I)

Inputsdigital

Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled

Outputsdigital /

PWM

Deviceconnection

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

8 – – 8 – cable / connector 10 1 CR2031

16 4 4 – 8 cable / connector 11 2 CR2032

12 4 4 – 4 cable / connector 12 3 CR2033

Common technical data

Housing: diecast zincConnection: M12 socketsTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 50 mA (at 24 V DC)Switching current: 4 AInterface: CANCANopen slave CiA DS 401 / DS 301 V 4Baud rate: 10...1,000 kbits/sCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)

You can find scale drawings from page 182

I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

61

Block diagram

16-bitμController EEPROM

IN / OUT

+UB

CAN 1

+UB

clock

+UB 5 V

reset

8x

3

1

4

2

selectorterm

inal

blo

ck

4

2

3

1

4

2

3

1

rotary switch(hex-coded)

baudrate

ID

Page 62: ifm catalogue control systems

SmartModule

High protection rating due to central plug

If a central controller cannot be used in a mobile machi-ne, decentralised input / output modules are employed.A decentralised structure enables installation of the elec-tronics at the requested machine positions. Due tomodule networking via the powerful CAN bus withCANopen protocol for mobile use the application can bequickly implemented. Moreover wiring complexity isconsiderably reduced using the bus technology.The SmartModules are fitted with a central plug which isused for connecting all sensors, actuators, the CAN busand voltage supply. Due to the high protection ratingthe modules can be directly used in areas with dirt andsplashing water.Parameter setting of the inputs and outputs enables usein different applications.

Configurable input /output function.

Current-control function forhydraulic valves.

Central plug for quick integrationinto the cable harness.

CAN interface withCANopen protocol.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013

Connection cable wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086

Connection cable wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046

Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

SmartModule

62

I/O moduleswithCANopeninterface

Page

I/O modules

Compact-Modulemetal

60 - 61

Smart-Module

62 - 63

Cabinet-Module

64 - 65

Keypad-Module

66 - 67

Page 63: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

SmartModulesCentral plug for sensors, actuators, CAN bus and voltage supply

Inputs /outputs

total

Inputsanalogue

(V / I)

Inputsdigital

Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled

Outputsdigital /

PWM

Deviceconnection

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

12 – 4 8 – 55-pole connec. 13 4 CR2512

12 4 4 – 4 55-pole connec. 14 4 CR2513

Common technical data

Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole connectorTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 50 mA (at 24 V DC)Switching current: 4 AInterface: CANCANopen slave CiA DS 401 / DS 301 V 4Baud rate: 10...1,000 kbits/sCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)

You can find scale drawings from page 182

I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

63

Block diagram

55-p

ole

conn

ectio

n

+UB

μController EEPROM

IN / OUT

+UB

CAN 1

clock

5 V

reset

Page 64: ifm catalogue control systems

CabinetModule

For space-saving mounting.

For large mobile machines cabins for operators are oftenused. In the environment around the driver's workplacemany signals, e.g. from switches, joysticks and signalindicators are generated. To ensure a low-cost connec-tion of these signals to the process controller, they arecollected at a central point and transferred via the CANbus to the process controller. The wiring complexity isconsiderably reduced.The CabinetModules have been developed just for thisapplication. Their flat design enables integration indashboards and operating panels. To connect switches,joysticks or signal indictors all important potentials arebrought out to the connectors. This eliminates the needof further terminals. Due to the parameter setting of theinput and output functions the modules can be flexiblyadapted to their application.

Inputs for digital and joystick signals.

Usable as a controller for cockpitor operating panels.

Central plug system for quickintegration into the cable harness.

CAN interface withCANopen protocol.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Plug set for CR2012 / CR2014 EC2053

Plug set for CR2016 EC2089

Cable with connectorAMP 6-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1520

Cable with connectorAMP 10-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1521

Cable with connectorAMP 14-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1522

Cable with connectorAMP 18-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1523

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

CabinetModule

64

I/O moduleswithCANopeninterface

Page

I/O modules

Compact-Modulemetal

60 - 61

Smart-Module

62 - 63

Cabinet-Module

64 - 65

Keypad-Module

66 - 67

Page 65: ifm catalogue control systems

Connection CR2012

CabinetModulesIntegration in dashboards and operating panels

Inputs /outputs

total

Inputsanalogue

(V)

Input voltageanalogue

inputs

Inputsdigital

Outputsdigital /

PWM

Deviceconnection

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

16 4 10 V 16 4 / 2 plug 15 5 CR2012

16 4 5 12 4 / – plug 16 6 CR2014

32 4 0...10 / 32 V 12 16 / 4 plug 17 7 CR2016

Common technical data

for type CR2012Housing: open with pottingConnection: 18-pole, 6-pole connectorsTemperature range: -25...85 °CProtection rating: IP 20; Ub: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 50 mA (at 24 V DC)Switching current: 500 mAInterface: CANCANopen slave CiA DS 401 / DS 301 V 3Baud rate: 10...1,000 kbits/sCE, e1

You can find scale drawings from page 182

I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

65

Block diagram CR2012

8 BitμController EEPROM

IN / OUT

+UB

CAN 1

+UB

clock

+UB 5 V

reset

rotary switch(hex-coded)

ID

Cable for CabinetModul

EC15206 poles

CR2012 –1

–CR2014

CR2016 –

1

2

2

2

2

EC152110 poles

EC152214 poles

EC152318 poles

1

Page 66: ifm catalogue control systems

KeypadModule

Flexible KeypadModule

For the design of operating and control panels correctpositioning of the input elements is essential. For thesecases a compact module for surface and panel moun-ting is required. Depending on the application theassignment and labelling of the keys must also be chan-ged. LEDs and bar graph displays are available to givethe operator feedback on key and system states.The KeypadModule provides this flexibility. Via the inte-grated CAN interface the device can be connecteddirectly to the bus. The CANopen protocol enables easyand flexible parameter setting and convenient exchangeof data with the connected process controller. The func-tion library for the programming system supports theeasy integration of the device functions in the applica-tion program.

Housing prepared for surface andpanel mounting.

Status indication via function keyLEDs and 10-digit LED rows.

Free labelling of the keys viainserted strips.

Extensive software library forprogramming and parameter setting.

CAN interface with CANopen protocol.

I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

KeypadModule

66

I/O moduleswithCANopeninterface

Page

I/O modules

Compact-Modulemetal

60 - 61

Smart-Module

62 - 63

Cabinet-Module

64 - 65

Keypad-Module

66 - 67

Page 67: ifm catalogue control systems

Module with housing low. part

KeypadModulesPanel and surface mounting possible

Supplyvoltage

Number ofthe function

keys with LED

Cursor keys LED bar graph10-digit

Deviceconnection

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

10...30 V DC 12 4 2 Wago cage clamps 5-pole 19 8 CR1500

Common technical data

Housing: plastic (Noryl)Temperature range: -20...75 °CProtection rating: IP 64Ub: 10...30 V DCCurrent consumption: 150 / 250 mA,

24 / 12 V DCInterface: CANCANopen slave CiA DS 401 / DS 301 V 4Baud rate: 10...1,000 kbits/sCE, e1

You can find scale drawings from page 182

I/O moduleswith CANopen interface

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

67

Operating mode rows of LEDs

red individual segment in a row of LEDs lighting green

green individual segment in a row of LEDs lighting red

red individual segment

green individual segment

red row of segments in a row of LEDs lighting green

green row of segments in a row of LEDs lighting red

red row of segments

green row of segments

red row of segments with colour change point (here 5)

green row of segments with colour change p. (here 7)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

descriptionoperating mode

Page 68: ifm catalogue control systems
Page 69: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Dialogue modules

69

Displays, input modulesand camera systems

System descriptionSelection chart

70 - 7374 - 75

PDM360 smartPDM360 compactPDM360 dialogue monitorsO2M Ethernet camera CoDeSys software

76 - 7778 - 7980 - 8182 - 8384 - 85

Page 70: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

The dialogue monitor PDM360 is such a user interface. With its powerful32-bit controller and the flexible programming according to IEC 61131-3 itcan be used in almost all applications. Depending on the version the 5.7"graphic display is either a monochrome FSTN or TFT colour display.Due to its robust housing (protection rating IP 67) and the different mount-ing options the unit can be used outside as well as in the cabin. It is designedto be either panel or surface mounted.Communication is done via the CAN bus with the CANopen protocol. Theintegrated interfaces like Ethernet, USB, RS-232 and 2 x CAN together withthe Linux operating system form a universal platform for further networkingand communication with other CAN devices, networks or the PC. Due to theintegrated PCMCIA slot a standardised and flexible interface is available forsystem expansion.

70

IntroductionMost machines require an operator for the operating process. Machine states must be indicated and operator inputs must be processed. The typicalstructure of an operating panel with light indicators, pushbuttons, switchesand – depending on the complexity of the machine – additional pointerinstruments was predominant in mobile machines and installations until afew years ago. Due to the higher requirements for machines and higherexpectations of the users as regards their “mobile workplace” these con-cepts are no longer up to date. Depending on the size and complexity of the machine, modern dialoguemodules are fitted with text or full graphic displays and different operatingfields. One unit provides all functions which in case of conventional designscould only be implemented with time-consuming and cost-intensive mount-ing and wiring of individual components. Due to the individual program-ming of the dialogue modules the user only sees the situation-dependentinformation which is relevant. For example the operator gets additionalwarnings and notes for fault elimination only in case of a machine fault. Dueto this situation-dependent display the operating panels have a clearer struc-ture and the operator can concentrate better on the actual work function.Service and maintenance staff also use dialogue modules as an intelligentaccess to the machine. Due to special pages, which can be password-pro-tected, parameters can be changed in the machine controller and the oper-ating data stored. The maintenance history of the machine can also be read.

Process dialogue monitor PDM360 and PDM360 compact

System descriptionDialogue modules Displays, input modules

and camera systems

PDM360 compact.

The central plugof the PDM360.

Page 71: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

71

Displays, input modulesand camera systems

user programs(e.g. CoDeSys runtime system)

operating system (kernel)

PDM 360 hardware

interface for system calls

driver interface kernel

driver driver driver driver

Linux model software struc-

ture and system interfaces.

PDM360 smart.

The PDM360 smart is a compact graphic display for panel and surfacemounting. The monochrome backlit display has a resolution of 128 x 64pixels. This display can show text in seven different font sizes and mono-chrome graphics (e.g. bar graphs, symbol bitmaps). Preset and current valuesfrom the control process are shown as graphics or text.The keys can be used for internal functions (e.g. set-up menu, editing ofpreset values) or can be freely used via the user program. The six functionkeys are arranged directly around the display and can be freely programmedas softkeys.In the application the device is connected via two universal M12 connectorswhich ensure the voltage supply and connection to the communicationinterfaces CAN and RS-232.Depending on the device version four digital inputs and four digital outputsare available. The user can connect external switches, sensors and actuatorsto the additional M12 connectors.The PDM360 smart works without a separate operating system. All impor-tant functions are directly integrated in the runtime system and comparablewith the R360 controllers. The device library and visualisation functions arethe interface for application programming.

Process dialogue monitor PDM360 smart

The dialogue monitor PDM360 compact is mainly designed as a PDM360.The 3.8-inch display in portrait format has the same resolution in a slimmerhousing. For the dialogue monitor PDM360 compact the device connectionis made via universal M12 connectors. As an option, the PDM360 compactprovides two digital inputs and two digital outputs, for example, for the con-nection of external operating elements and displays. With the operating system Embedded Linux the specialist can use anothersoftware platform. CoDeSys functions in the user program enable directaccess to the operating system. Further independent programs can be started, Linux commands (shell commands) and system calls can be executeddirectly and the file system can be accessed.As Linux is a real multitasking operating system all started programs, forexample the CoDeSys runtime system, are executed as independent tasks.

PDM360 smartwith M12

connector.

Page 72: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

72

System descriptionDialogue modules Displays, input modules

and camera systems

The PDM360 canbe programmed

individually and is a very

convenient visua-lisation solution.

The PDM360 dialogue units are often installed in vehicles as surface mountdevices. On the one hand, a secure fit and, on the other hand, an easy toadjust mechanical system are required. The universal RAM mount systemprovides both. One ball is mounted at the PDM360 and one in the vehicle. The clamp armconnects the two balls. Depending on the requested device position RAMmount arms can be used in three different lengths. The handle enables easeof use and quick adjustment to almost any position. Due to the patentedtwo-ball system vibrations are intercepted by the holder and therefore notpassed on to the device. The stable holder cups ensure a secure fit even forthe heavy PDM360 monitors.

Flexible and tried-and-tested RAM mount installation system

As for the R360 controller family, CoDeSys software is used for program-ming the PDM360 monitors. The controllers and the PDM360 family are programmed with only one tool.The visualisation editor integrated into the programming package has beenan integral part of the software for a long time. With this editor the user candevelop static and dynamic visualisation objects and directly show them onthe PC or internet browser, e.g. for diagnosis of the connected plc. The target visualisation provides a further option. Due to this hardware-inde-pendent technology the created graphical objects are compiled into the IECcode ST (structured text) before downloading to the PDM360. The run timesystem processes this code on the device and, in combination with a graphiclibrary, displays the objects which have been created on the PC. Vector gra-phics as well as bit maps can be shown on the individual visualisation pages. At the same time a device-specific control process can be programmed andexecuted irrespective of the visualisation.The connection to the machine controller is made via the CAN bus. TheCANopen protocol provides a universal platform for this.If the PDM360 monitors are used as a network master, the network config-urator integrated into the programming software is used to project and configure the connected slaves (e.g. I/O modules). Via the PDOs the processsignals are available directly in the dialogue unit as IEC addresses.

Programming and network configuration by means of IEC 61131-3RAM mount

installation onPDM360 smart.

Page 73: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

73

Convenient: Parameter settingof the PDM360 at the PC.

As an alternative, the PDM360 monitors can be configured as a terminal.They are then configured as CANopen slaves. The necessary data objects aredefined by the programmer, depending on the application. After completionof this communication interface between the machine controller and thedialogue module an EDS is generated and integrated when the machinecontroller is configured. The PDOs and SDOs are immediately available in thisapplication.

Displays, input modulesand camera systems

O2M110 withmounting kit.

In addition to dialogue units to display machine information, camera systemsare used in many mobile machines and vehicles to monitor operationalareas. They give the user or driver information about blind spots. Today ana-logue camera systems and monitors often perform this task. Disadvantage: a second screen must be mounted beside the operating panel. With the integrated network technology the O2M camera data is directlydisplayed on the dialogue module PDM360 (colour) with graphic capability.A separate monitor is no longer needed. Via a simple Ethernet hub or Ether-net switch the camera image can be shown on any number of displays. It isalso possible to connect several O2M cameras to a display in this way.The modern CMOS sensor, the powerful controller and the integrated firm-ware are the basis for image capturing and processing. White adjustmentand colour saturation can be set individually, if necessary. The digital cap-turing and transmission of the image data enable scaling and free position-ing of the camera image. With a splitscreen representation, up to fourcamera images can be simultaneously displayed. In addition, the PDM360can be used to store individual images on a compact flash card. They can, forexample, be used for protocolling. Parameter setting of the camera functions and data transmission are directlydone from the application programmed with CoDeSys. Using functionblocks the displayed camera images can be mirrored, rotated, zoomed andscaled. If necessary, visualisation elements and the camera image can beshown simultaneously.

Ethernet camera O2M for mobile applications

Page 74: ifm catalogue control systems

Selection chart

74

COG,monochrome

PDM360 smart

128 x 64 pixels

FSTN,monochrome

PDM360 compact

240 x 320 pixels

76

78

8function keys

+4 curser keys

3function keys

+1 pushbutton

surface / panel

surface / panel

CoDeSys 2.3

CoDeSys 2.3

FSTN,monochrome

PDM360 compact

320 x 240 pixels 78

3function keys

+1 pushbutton

surface / panel CoDeSys 2.3

FSTN,monochrome

PDM360 dialogue monitor

320 x 240 pixels

TFT, colour

PDM360 dialogue monitor

320 x 240 pixels

80

80

6function keys

+encoder withpushbutton

6function keys

+encoder withpushbutton

surface / panel

surface / panel

CoDeSys 2.3

CoDeSys 2.3

Displays and input modules

CoDeSys + tools

– 84– –Programming soft-ware for PDM360dialogue monitors

System software for displays and input modules

Type Display type Type ofmounting

Programming /data format

PageResolution Number ofkeys

Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems

Page 75: ifm catalogue control systems

75

320 x 240

O2M Ethernet camera

CMOS 82UDP / IP8-bit

Windowsbitmap

M12 (5-pole),A-coded /

M12 (4-pole),D-coded

Camera systems

Displays, input modulesand camera systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Type Resolution Dataformat

Device connection(connec. / socket)

PageTypeof sensor

Protocol

Page 76: ifm catalogue control systems

PDM360 smart

Intelligent compact display

A powerful dialogue module for operation and for theindication of system messages is required in almost allmobile machines today. The PDM360 smart is such auser interface. With its compact design and the flexibleprogramming according to IEC 61131-3 it can be usedin almost all applications. Its robust IP 67 housing ena-bles surface and panel mounting outside and in cabins.Communication with the other system components inthe machine is carried out via the CAN bus with theCANopen protocol. The additional RS-232 interface andthe optional inputs and outputs together form a plat-form for further networking and communication withother units.

Text and dialogue display withgraphics capability: PDM360 smart.

Freely programmable to IEC 61131-3 with target visualisation.

128 x 64 pixels, display with 12 backlit function keys.

Closed robust metal housing for surface and panel mounting.

CAN interface with CANopen protocol.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket , M12, 5-wire, 2 mCAN and supply voltage E11596

M12 connector, 5-wire, 2 m E11598

JumperM12 plug / M12 socket, 2 m E11459

JumperM12 plug / M12 socket, 5 m E11460

Mounting platefor RAM mount system EC1410

Mounting arm, 90 mmfor RAM mount system EC1411

Mounting arm, 144 mmfor RAM mount system EC1412

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems

PDM360 smart

76

Displays,input modu-les, camerasystems

Page

Dialogue modulesPDM360

smart

76 - 77

PDM360compact

78 - 79

PDM360dialoguemonitors

80 - 81

O2MEthernetcamera

82 - 83

CoDeSyssoftware

84 - 85

Page 77: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

PDM360 smart Intelligent compact display for use in mobile vehicles

Displayresolution

(pixels)

Display-type

Backgroundillumination

Mountingtype

Func-tionkeys

Cursor andcontrol keys

Inputs /outputs

Deviceconnection

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

128 x 64 COG mono. LED panel / surf. 6 6 – 2 x M12 20 1 CR1070

128 x 64 COG mono. LED panel / surf. 6 6 4 / 4 4 x M12 21 1 CR1071

Common technical data

Housing: diecast zincTemperature range: -30...80 °CProtection rating: IP 67Operating voltage: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 240 mA (at 24 V DC)Interfaces: CAN, RS232Program memory: 576 kB flashData memory: 48 kbytesData memory (non volatile): 1664 bytesCE, e1 (2005/49/EC),appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)

You can find scale drawings from page 184

Displays, input modulesand camera systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

77

Block diagram

digital IN

CPU

digital OUT keyboard

display128 x 64

576 kbyte48 kbyte

128 byte(retain)

1536 byte(remanent)

RS232

CAN

supplyflash

memorySRAM

FRAM

Page 78: ifm catalogue control systems

PDM360 compact

Intelligent compact display

In almost all mobile machines a powerful dialogue unitis needed for machine operation and showing systemmessages. The PDM360 compact is such a user interfa-ce. With its powerful 32-bit controller and flexible pro-gramming to IEC 61131-3 it can be used in almost allapplications. Its robust IP 67 housing enables surfaceand panel mounting outside and in the cabin. Commu-nication with the other system components in themachine is made via the CAN bus using the CANopenprotocol. The additional Ethernet and RS-232 interfacesas well as the optional inputs and outputs together forma platform for further networking and communicationwith other units.

Graphic display for operation and parameter setting of mobile machines.

3.8" display with 3 function keys andencoder with pushbutton.

M12 connector for quick andsafe wiring.

Freely programmable to IEC 61131-3 with target visualisation.

CANopen interfaces withCANopen protocol.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Socket , M12, 5-wire, 2 mCAN and supply voltage E11596

M12 connector, 5-wire, 2 m E11598

Jumper, M12 plug / RJ45 plugEthernet E11898

Mounting platefor RAM mount system EC1410

Mounting arm, 90 mmfor RAM mount system EC1411

Mounting arm, 231 mmfor RAM mount system EC1413

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems

PDM360 compact

78

Displays,input modu-les, camerasystems

Page

Dialogue modulesPDM360

smart

76 - 77

PDM360compact

78 - 79

PDM360dialoguemonitors

80 - 81

O2MEthernetcamera

82 - 83

CoDeSyssoftware

84 - 85

Page 79: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

PDM360 compactProcess and dialogue monitor for mobile vehicles

Displayresolution

(pixels)

Displaytype

Backgr.illumina-

tion

Mountingtype

Functionkeys

Operatingelements

Real-timeclock

Inputs /outputs

Deviceconnec-

tion

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

240 x 320 FSTN mono. LED panel / surf. 3 / 1 1 encoder no – 3 x M12 22 2 CR1052

240 x 320 FSTN mono. LED panel / surf. 3 / 1 1 encoder yes 2 / 2 4 x M12 23 2 CR1053

320 x 240 FSTN mono. LED panel / surf. 3 / 1 1 encoder no – 3 x M12 22 3 CR1055

320 x 240 FSTN mono. LED panel / surf. 3 / 1 1 encoder yes 2 / 2 4 x M12 23 3 CR1056

Common technical data

Housing: diecast zincTemperature range: -30...80 °CProtection rating: IP 67Operating voltage: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 240 mA (at 24 V DC)Interfaces: CAN, RS232, EthernetProgram memory: 32 MB flash Data memory: 32 MB SDRAMOperating system: Linux 2.4.xCE, e1 (2005/49/EC)

You can find scale drawings from page 184

Displays, input modulesand camera systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

79

Block diagram

CPU

keyboard

display240 x 320

RS232

CAN

supply

RTC

digital IN

digital OUT

Ethernet

16 mbytesystem

flashmemory

RAM

16 mbyteuser

16 mbytesystem

16 mbyteuser

/home/home/bin/home/lib/home/project

Page 80: ifm catalogue control systems

PDM360 dialogue monitors

Convenient user interface

In almost all mobile machines powerful process dialoguemodules are nowadays used for operation and visualisa-tion of system messages. The PDM360 is such a userinterface. With its powerful 32-bit controller and flexibleprogramming with the CoDeSys target visualisation itcan be used in almost all applications.Due to the robust IP 67 housing the PDM360 can beused outside and in cabins. It is for surface or panelmounting.Communication with the other system components inthe machine is carried out via the CAN bus with theCANopen protocol. The additional interfaces like Ether-net, USB, RS-232 and the second CAN interface toget-her with the Linux operating system form a universalplatform for further networking and communicationwith other CAN devices, networks or the PC. Further-more the PDM360 is fitted with a PCMCIA slot forsystem and memory extension.

5.7" display with graphic capabilitiesand background illumination

Closed robust metal housing forsurface and panel mounting.

Night design function for operatingkeys and input element.

Freely programmable to IEC 61131-3with target visualisation.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Snap in set for panel mounting(4 pieces) EC1452

Fixing set for control cabinet mounting(4 mounting brackets, 4 cylinder screws) EC1453

Mounting platefor RAM mount system EC1410

Mounting arm, 144 mmfor RAM mount system EC1412

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems

PDM360 dialogue monitors

80

Displays,input modu-les, camerasystems

Page

Dialogue modulesPDM360

smart

76 - 77

PDM360compact

78 - 79

PDM360dialoguemonitors

80 - 81

O2MEthernetcamera

82 - 83

CoDeSyssoftware

84 - 85

Page 81: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

PDM360 dialogue monitorsBacklit 5.7" display with graphic capabilitiesProgramming via CoDeSys target visualisation

Displayresolution

(pixels)

Displaytype

Backlight Mountingtype

Function /push-

buttons

Operatingelements

Real-timeclock

Deviceconnection(connector)

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

320 x 240 FSTN monochr. LED panel / surf. 6 / 1 1 encoder yes M23 (19-pole) 24 4 CR1050

320 x 240 TFT colour LED panel / surf. 6 / 1 1 encoder yes M23 (19-pole) 24 4 CR1051

320 x 240 FSTN monochr. CCFL panel / surf. 6 / 1 1 encoder yes M23 (19-pole) 24 4 CR1060

Common technical data

Housing: diecast zincTemperature range: -20...70 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...40 V DCCurrent consumption: 250 mA (at 24 V DC)Interfaces: 2 x CAN, RS-232, EthernetProgram memory: 8 MB flashData memory: 16 MB SRAMOperating system: Linux 2.4.xCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)

You can find scale drawings from page 184

Displays, input modulesand camera systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

81

Block diagram

CPU

Ethernet

RTC

Supply

RS 232-2

CAN 1

CAN 2

USB

RS 232-1

Keyboard

Display320 x 240

Ethernet

USB

PC-CARD

Power Control

FlashMemory

RAM16 MByteSystem

16 MByteUser

16 MByteSystem

16 MByteUser

Buzzer

Page 82: ifm catalogue control systems

Camera systems

Ethernet camera

In almost all mobile vehicles, users today use displays forindicating vehicle information. At the same time camerasystems monitor the operating areas in an increasingnumber of applications. The robust camera system O2M can be directly connec-ted to the PDM360 dialogue monitor with graphic capa-bility and colour display using integrated Ethernet inter-faces. This eliminates the need for a separate monitor.The IP 67 housing enables direct mounting outside thevehicles and machines.Via user-friendly parameter setting and control functionsfrom the CoDeSys application library, image transmis-sion and display are adapted to the requirements of themobile vehicle. Using function blocks the camera ima-ges and visualisation elements can be mirrored, rotated,zoomed, scaled and displayed simultaneously.The modern CMOS sensor, the powerful controller andthe integrated firmware are the basis for image captu-ring and processing. So the user can set, for example,white adjustment and colour saturation individually, ifnecessary.

Camera system for mobile vehicles.

Can be used as a rear view camera using its select. image mirror function.

Operates all year due to temperature-controlled lens heating.

Programming and parameter settinginterface for CoDeSys 2.3.

e1 type approval of the German Federal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Ethernet-jumper,M12-plug D-coded, RJ45 (cross-link) E11898

Jumper, M12 plug / M12 plugEthernet, 2 m, PVC-cable E21138

Jumper, M12 plug / M12 plugEthernet, 5 m, PVC-cable E21139

Socket M12,2 m black, PUR-cable EVC001

Socket M12,5 m black, PUR-cable EVC002

Mounting set forrod mounting Ø 12mm E2D110

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems

Ethernet camera

82

Displays,input modu-les, camerasystems

Page

Dialogue modulesPDM360

smart

76 - 77

PDM360compact

78 - 79

PDM360dialoguemonitors

80 - 81

O2MEthernetcamera

82 - 83

CoDeSyssoftware

84 - 85

Page 83: ifm catalogue control systems

Applikation example

Ethernet camera

Imageresolution

Sensortype

Protocoll Dataformat

Deviceconnection

plug / socket

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

320 x 240 CMOS UDP/IP 8 Bit Windows® Bitmap M12 (4-pol.) A-cod. / M12 (4-pol.) D-cod. 25 5 O2M110

Common technical data

Housing: diecast zincTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection: IP69kOperating voltage: 8..32 V DCPower cons.: < 4 VA (ecl. lens heating)Interfaces: Ethernet 10base-T / 100base-TXImage repetition rate : <= 15 fpsOperating distance/Field of view size: 1m / 2m x 1.3m;2m / 4m x 2.6m; 5m / 10m x 6.6m CE, e1 (2005/49/EG)

You can find scale drawings from page 184

Displays, input modulesand camera systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

83

Software-interface

CAM_CTRL 1

CAM_CTRL 2

CAM_CTRL 3

imageframebuffer

CoDeSysapplication

framebufferserver

3100

cameraserver

cameraserver

CoDeSysserver

3100

3100

Page 84: ifm catalogue control systems

CoDeSys + tools

Powerful programming software

The importance of the software keeps increasing inmobile control technology as well. Therefore it is neces-sary for the user to have compatible and easy-to-useprograms for software creation, parameter setting andremote maintenance.The programming tool CoDeSys to IEC 61131-3 provi-des the programmer with different program languages(FBD, LD, SFC, IL and ST) for fast project implementationand management. A powerful visualisation module forthe graphic representation of the machine and installa-tion functions completes the package. Via the integra-ted target visualisation the drawn graphic elements canbe directly loaded to the graphic display PDM 360.In addition to the programming tool, the software CAN-com Basisstation provides a powerful PC tool for remotemonitoring and maintenance. It is also possible toexchange the application software in the networkedcontrollers via this interface.

Usable on common Windows PCs.

Easy networking of the devices withthe PC by means of the CAN bus.

Standardised software interfacewith DDE or OLE technology.

Powerful interfaces, e.g. for GPSdata or FTP transfer.

User-friendly and easy to use.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

CAN-PC interface CANview RS-232 EC2070

CAN-PC interface CANview USB EC2071

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems

CoDeSys software

84

Displays,input modu-les, camerasystems

Page

Dialogue modulesPDM360

smart

76 - 77

PDM360compact

78 - 79

PDM360dialoguemonitors

80 - 81

O2MEthernetcamera

82 - 83

CoDeSyssoftware

84 - 85

Page 85: ifm catalogue control systems

CD structure

CoDeSys programming and diagnostic softwareSoftware tools for the ecomatmobile system

VersionCoDeSys

Language Use forR360

Use forPDM360

Programminginterface

Data carrier Orderno.

2.3 German yes yes RS-232, CAN, Ethernet CD-ROM CP9006

2.3 English yes yes RS-232, CAN, Ethernet CD-ROM CP9008

You can find scale drawings from page 184

Displays, input modulesand camera systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

85

Screenshot

Page 86: ifm catalogue control systems
Page 87: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Diagnosis and service

87

Remote maintenance and data memoryCAN interface and CAN diagnosis

System descriptionSelection chart

Remote maintenance and data memory

CAN interface and CAN diagnosis

CANcom / CANcom GPSCANmem

CANview

88 - 9192

94 - 9596 - 97

98 - 99

Page 88: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Normally a programming or operational data logging system is directly connected to a control system in the machine via a fixed cable connection.To do so the usual interfaces (e.g. RS-232, Ethernet) or field buses (e.g.CAN) are used. In most cases access and data exchange are made via PC or notebook. Forstationary machines and installations the connection is made by means ofthe components installed in the control cabinet. It is more difficult if a system is not in a fixed place, like a mobile machine.The service technicians are usually not on site and if a service is required it isin most cases very time-consuming and expensive.This problem can only be solved by using a wireless connection to the ma-chine. Service and operating data can be exchanged in the open field.Among radio connections the GSM network (Global System for Mobile com-munication) is currently the best option for telecommunication. GSM offersgood availability and can be used internationally. Furthermore GSM cannotonly transmit language but also data, the latter being used for the connec-tion to the machine controller.One of the most well-known services of the GSM network is the Short Mes-sage Service (SMS). It serves for the exchange of short text messages between GSM units. If the remote station is not available SMS messages arestored with the network provider over a longer period of time and deliveredwhen the receiver is available again. GPRS (General Packet Radio Services) is a new mobile radio technology forfast data transmission. It also uses the GSM radio network. In contrast to thecurrent GSM communication, the data is condensed into packets that can betransmitted via the radio network depending on customer needs and systemcapacity. At the receiver these data packets are reassembled. So GPRS achieves not only higher transmission speeds but also a permanently activeradio connection. The incurred communication cost is only calculated on thebasis of the transmitted data volumes (e.g. new configuration data) and not on the connection time. Because of the structure of the data packetsthey are exchanged in the network similar to TCP/IP communication. Thisenables, for example, simple access to machine data via the internet.

88

IntroductionIn times of globalisation of the markets the distances to the customer areincreasing. The costs for the provision of services as well as shortening ofdowntimes in case of malfunctions are becoming more and more important.Therefore manufacturers of plant and machinery are using the fast and inex-pensive on-site diagnostic tools to an increasing extent. Even more efficient:Remote diagnosis by means of radio connection. The diagnosis and service units CANcom, CANmem and CANview not onlysupport the application programmer, but also the end user.

Transmission ofmachine datadirectly from thecontroller.

RS

232

POW

ER/C

AN

AN

T.

SIM

order no. CR 3100

GSMRS 232

ONERROR

CAN

Remote diagnosis – online connection around the globe

System descriptionDiagnosis and service Remote maintenance and data memory

CAN interface and CAN diagnosis

Page 89: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

89

Online connec-tion to the central

control station via GSM radio

network.

CANcom Basis-station, GSM con-nection directlyfrom the PC.

The Short Message Service and the transmission of larger amounts of datavia a special network service are also used by the CANcom radio gatewaywith integrated CAN interface. In principle a radio modem is designed like anormal mobile telephone. Only the keyboard and the display are missing.The data are put in and transmitted digitally directly from the connectedcontroller. To do this the CANcom is connected to the controller via the inte-grated CAN gateway. It also converts and processes the data between theCAN and GSM networks. Before transmission all data are converted into atext. The GSM test and safety mechanisms monitor the correctness of thetransmitted data.Due to its compact and robust design CANcom can be used directly in themachine. The 5-pole M12 round connector is for the connection to the CANbus in the machine and for the voltage supply. The standardised aerial con-nection enables the use of application-related aerials. The slot for the SIMcard has a protective cover. There is also a serial RS-232 interface via whichan update of the firmware can be made if necessary. CANcom provides special function calls to the programmer for controllingand processing the data. The messages are transmitted as SMS, fax, e-mailor via GPRS. Using the SIM data card, larger data volumes can also be trans-mitted at low cost.

The PC software “CANcom Basisstation” is used for the connection of theservice centre to the machine. In addition to a safe, password-protectedestablishing of the connection it also offers the possibility to manage SMSdata and a directory. After establishing an online connection it can alsoestablish a connection to further PC software (e.g. CAN bus monitor CAN-mon) which then has direct access to the CAN bus of the machine via theGSM network.

The CAN / GSM / GPRS radio gateway CANcom

Remote maintenance and data memory, CAN interface

and CAN diagnosis

Page 90: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

90

CANcom / GPS – determining exact positionsGPS stands for “Global Positioning System”, i.e. for the worldwide determi-nation of a position. The system which was developed by the Americandefence ministry for military purposes for determining positions consists of anetwork of 24 satellites which circle the earth twice a day at a height ofabout 20,000 km. These satellites transmit their data worldwide and roundthe clock.A part of the GPS system can be used for civilian purposes. The GPS infor-mation can be received and processed free of charge in order to show a GPSuser his own position on the surface of the earth. By using an almanac inte-grated into the GPS receiver (table of the satellite identifiers and the corre-sponding orbit) the GPS receiver continuously calculates the distance of theGPS user to the receiving satellite. On the basis of this the GPS unit deter-mines the geographic position of the user. To ensure that this functions correctly the signals of at least three satellites are required. With signals offour satellites it is additionally possible to determine the current heightabove sea level. Further satellite signals increase the accuracy of the positioninformation. It is usually three to five metres. The CANcom / GPS is equipped with such a GPS receiver. The received posi-tion data can be further processed for position-dependent processes directlyin the control system. It is also possible to transmit the position via the GSMmodem together with other machine data, for example to a service centre.

CANmem – data storage in real timeInstead of transmitting machine data online they can also be stored locally. Thedata memory and logger CANmem enables fast and reliable storage of sporadic and cyclical data. They are stored on exchangeable and PC-compatible memory cards (PCMCIA or SD card).When setting the device parameters the user determines the minimum timeintervals and format for data storage. Furthermore the memory manage-ment can be set. So the operating mode ring buffer enables continuous datastorage, for example, for black box systems in accident data recorders. Withlinear writing to the buffer, data can be stored up to the maximum size ofthe memory card. A “time stamp” is added and the data is evaluated lateron by means of a PC program (e.g. Excel spreadsheet).

By means of GPSthe position ofmobile machinescan be deter-mined with anaccuracy of 3 metres.

CANcom / GPS –detecting and

communicatingpositions

worldwide.

By means of CAN-mem operational

data are storedcyclically on amemory card.

CANcom

System descriptionDiagnosis and service Remote maintenance and data memory

CAN interface and CAN diagnosis

Page 91: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

91

CANview – PC interface for programming, diagnosis and serviceCANview is an intelligent and robust interface for the connection of a CANnetwork to a PC. Due to an easy and clearly structured configuration soft-ware CANview can be adapted to the corresponding PC hardware. Thus it isavailable to all ifm software packages supporting a VCI CAN interface. CAN-view is available in versions with RS-232 or USB interface, the latter allowinghigher transmission rates.Due to the integrated graphic display (100 x 32 pixels) the CANview analyserenables clear representation and processing of CAN bus data. Furthermore,it supports parameter setting and configuration of CANopen modules in thelaboratory, workshop and field. For additional monitoring and diagnosticfunctions an A/D converter is integrated. The supply voltage and CAN signals can be statically measured. Furthermore, an automatic baud ratedetection and recording of CAN and CANopen messages for fault locationare supported. With the CANview analyser you can work independently of a PC. The voltage is supplied via the CAN bus or an external power supply.Four control keys are available for user inputs.As for CANview RS-232 the CANview analyser can be used as an intelligentand robust interface for connection of a CAN network to a PC via its inte-grated RS-232 interface.

CANmem configurator.

Remote maintenance and data memory, CAN interface

and CAN diagnosis

Page 92: ifm catalogue control systems

Selection chart

92

Diagnosis and service Remote maintenance and data memoryCAN interface and CAN diagnosis

GSM radio modem for CANquad-band for

850, 900, 1,800 and 1,900 MHz

M12 plug, SMA connector

CANcom

GSM radio modemwith GPS for CAN

quad-band for 850, 900, 1,800 and 1,900 MHz

M12 plug, SMA connector

CANcom GPS

CAN PC interface PC connection: RS-232 9-pole Sub-D plug

CANview RS-232

CAN PC interface PC connection: USB 9-pole Sub-D plug

CANview USB

Remote maintenance

data memory andlogger for CAN

SRAM FlashSD card

USB socket,type Mini-B

CANmem

Data memory

Diagnosis

Type Type of unit Characteristics Connection Page

94

94

98

98

96

Page 93: ifm catalogue control systems

93

Remote maintenance anddata memory, CAN interface

and CAN diagnosis

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Page 94: ifm catalogue control systems

CANcom

GSM radio modem

CANcom III uses the “global system for mobile commu-nication” (GSM) to exchange data between the CANbus system and receiver. Via coupling to an existingCANopen network messages can be directly sent asSMS, e-mail or fax. By means of direct data links CANmessages can be transmitted worldwide.The software CANcom Basisstation can set up a proto-col-transparent connection between the CAN networkand any PC software with “CAN capability” (e.g. CAN-mon or CoDeSys). This is an important condition to fitevery mobile machine with a remote maintenance func-tion at low cost.With CANcom / GPS III the machine is also given theposition data of the device connected via CAN. Thistechnology opens up a variety of options for fleetmanagement and location determination of borrowedmachines.The integrated tri band GSM modem allows worldwideuse.

GSM modem designed formobile applications.

Easy parameter setting via softwareor application program.

Support of SMS, fax, e-mailand data services.

Tri band version for worldwide use.

Communication via the CAN interface.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

CANcom GSM for 850, 900 / 1800 /1900 MHz planar aerial EC2092

CANcom GPS for 850, 900 / 1800 /1900 MHz planar aerial EC2093

Socket M12wirable, 5-pole, straight E11511

Serial interface cable2 x 9-pole D-SUB (female) EC2063

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Diagnosis and service Remote maintenanceand data memory

CANcom / CANcom GPS

94

Remotediagnosisand datamemory

Page

Diagnosis and serviceCANcom /

CANcom GPS

94 - 95

CANmem

96 - 97

CANinterfaceand CANdiagnosis

Diagnosis and service CANview

98 - 99

Page 95: ifm catalogue control systems

Side view CR3105

CANcomGSM modem for remote maintenance of mobile machines

GSM frequencybandsMHz

GPSfunction

Onlinedirect

connection

SMSmessages

Deviceconnection(connector)

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

850, 900, 1800, 1900 no yes text M12, SMA 26 1 CR3105

850, 900, 1800, 1900 yes yes text M12, SMA 26 2 CR3106

Common technical data

Housing: aluminiumConnection for PC: 9-pole Sub-D connectorTemperature range: -20...60 °CProtection rating: IP 65Ub: 10...30 V DC (± 10 %)Current consumption: 75 mA(when transmitting 140 mA)Interface: CAN, RS-232CANopen: CiA DS 301 V 4Baud rate: 20...1,000 kbits/sCE, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)

You can find scale drawings from page 185

Remote maintenanceand data memory

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

95

Application options

CAN-BUS

big data blocks bidirectional

data unidirectional

data bidirectional

data bidirectional

directmodem

connection

SMS

PC FAX E-Mail mobile

SMSSMS

aerial

Page 96: ifm catalogue control systems

CANmem

Data memory on PC card basis

Diagnosis and storage of data are the most frequentrequirements for modern machine concepts for mobileuse.The data memory and logger CANmem is a compactdevice for mobile use that meets these requirements.Due to its widely used PC card and SD card interface,flash and SRAM memories can be used. When usingCANmem as a data memory, the controller can read andwrite directly to the memory cards. The data can be furt-her processed in a PC if necessary.If CANmem is used as a data logger, previously defineddata (CAN messages) are stored on the memory cardused time or event controlled. Due to the internal real-time clock every message receives a time stamp. Thisenables exact evaluation of the saved data later on.With these functions error memories, accident datarecorders (black box) and operational data loggingsystems can be easily designed.

Storage modules designedfor mobile use.

Usable as data logger or externaldata memory.

Exchange of data via PCMCIA or SD/MMC memory card.

Integrated real-time clockfor data protocolling.

Communication via the CAN interface.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

SD memory card 1 GB EC1021

Serial interface cablewith ultra thin plug EC2058

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Diagnosis and service Remote maintenanceand data memory

CANmem

96

Remotediagnosisand datamemory

Page

Diagnosis and serviceCANcom /

CANcom GPS

94 - 95

CANmem

96 - 97

CANinterfaceand CANdiagnosis

Diagnosis and service CANview

98 - 99

Page 97: ifm catalogue control systems

Side view CR3101

CANmemData memory and logger

Memorytype

Max.memory

size

Memoryoperating modes

Realtimeclock

Statusdisplay(LEDs)

Deviceconnection(connector)

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

SRAM / Flash 4 MB / 2 GB linear, ring, on address yes 5 M12 27 3 CR3101

Common technical data

Housing: aluminiumConnection for PC: USB socket type Mini Bultra-thin connectorTemperature range: -20...80 °CProtection rating: IP 65Ub: 10...30 V DC (± 10 %)Current consumption: 120 mA (at 24 V DC)Interface: CAN, USBCANopen: CiA DS 301 V 3Baud rate: 20...1,000 kbits/sCE

You can find scale drawings from page 185

Remote maintenanceand data memory

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

97

Application options

CANmem asPC card drive

US

B

PO

WE

R/C

AN

PO

WE

R

order no. CR 3101

CARD ERRORCARD ACCESS

ONERROR

CAN

PC

MC

IA

CANmem asdata memory/ logger

Page 98: ifm catalogue control systems

CANview

Overview in the CAN network

CANview is an intelligent and robust interface for con-necting a CAN network to a PC. Due to an easy andclear configuration software CANview can be adaptedto the corresponding PC hardware. It can be used for allifm software packages supporting a VCI CAN interface.CANview can be supplied with RS-232 or USB interface.As for CANview with RS-232 interface the connection ofthe CANview USB to the PC is made by means of a vir-tual COM port. This COM port behaves like a conventio-nal RS-232 interface, supports however the high speedsof the USB interface. The voltage for CANview RS-232 is supplied via the CANbus or an external power supply. CANview USB is supp-lied with voltage via the USB port of the PC. All devicesare electrically isolated from the PC interface.

Device version for field use.

PC interface with RS-232or USB interface.

Status indication viadiagnostic LEDs.

Electrically isolated PC interface.

Easy configuration of thePC software interface.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

CAN communication cable EC2034

Adapter cable for CAN analyser andspring terminal box EC2050

Plug-in power supply EC2059

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Diagnosis and service CAN interfaceand CAN diagnosis

CANview

98

Remotediagnosisand datamemory

Page

Diagnosis and serviceCANcom /

CANcom GPS

94 - 95

CANmem

96 - 97

CANinterfaceand CANdiagnosis

Diagnosis and service CANview

98 - 99

Page 99: ifm catalogue control systems

Front view EC2070

CANviewPC interface for programming, diagnosis and service

PCinterface

CANidentifier

(bits)

CAN busconnection(connector)

Terminatingresistor

Statusdisplay(LEDs)

Parametersetting

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

RS-232 11 / 29 Sub-D (9-pole) integrated, switchable 4 via software 28 1 EC2070

USB 11 / 29 Sub-D (9-pole) integrated, switchable 4 via software 28 2 EC2071

Common technical data

Housing: aluminiumCAN connection: 9-pole Sub-D connectorTemperature range: 0...70 °CProtection rating: IP 23Ub: 10...30 V DCCurrent consumption: 300 mA (USB),80 mA (RS-232, 24 V DC)Interface: CANBaud rate: 10...1,000 kbits/sCE

You can find scale drawings from page 186

CAN interfaceand CAN diagnosis

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

99

Screenshot

Page 100: ifm catalogue control systems
Page 101: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Sensors for mobile applications

101

Inclination sensorsInductive sensorsPressure sensors

System descriptionSelection chart

Inclination sensors

Inductive sensors

Sensors with CAN interfaceAnalogue sensors / switches

Inductive efectorm sensors

Pressure sensors

Pressure sensors for mobile hydraulic applications

102 - 107108 - 109

110 - 111112 - 113

114 - 117

118 - 119

Page 102: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

The 2-axis inclination sensor with CANopen interface enables levelling andangular position detection of mobile machines.Typical applications are for example angle detection of access platforms,levelling of mobile cranes or the set-up of mobile machines working onuneven ground.This is a group of sensors of which the analogue measured value is evalu-ated, standardised and converted into a CANopen message in the sensorelectronics. The structure of the transmitted data is defined via a CANopenprofile, like for the I/O modules. Under the profile number 410, inclinometer,all important parameters and the transmission of the user data are defined.

102

Inclination sensorsIn automation sensors are the “nerves” of the control system. Sensors arealso used in mobile machines and installations. In contrast to the units forindustrial automation, however, sensors for mobile applications have tomeet considerably higher demands. As they are mounted in exposed posi-tions they have to meet special requirements. The protection rating and themechanical resistance are important features. The electrical requirementscan be compared to those of the controllers, I/O modules and dialoguemodules – due to their compact design they are a challenge as regards thecircuit development.Sensors are generally differentiated between units with a built-in CANopeninterface and sensors with binary or analogue output stages which are con-nected directly to controllers or I/O modules.

Inclination sensors with a built-in interface

The measuring cells function according to the conductometric principle. Thechange of conductivity of a liquid is evaluated. Depending on the sensorinclination the electrodes in the liquid are exposed to different degrees ofwetness.This leads to characteristics comparable to that of a potentiometer. Ar-ranging the electrodes crosswise results in the signed values for the twoaxes. The inclination sensor CR2102 additionally has two analogue outputs.For this unit the measured values are additionally indicated as current values4...20 mA.

System description

Sensors for mobile applications

Inclination sensors

Principle of incli-nation sensorswith a built-inCANopen inter-face.analogue

values

parameterdata

interface

measuredvalues

micro-processor

Angle of inclina-tion dependingon the sensoraxis of CR2101.

Y

transverse inclination

mounting surface

+15% –15% X

longitudinal inclination

+15% –15%

Page 103: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

103

Analogue inclination sensorsThis sensor type is based on a capacitive acceleration sensor which functionslike a capacitor. Depending on the inclination of the sensor a micromasschanges the capacitance of the plate capacitor. This generates a sinusoidaloutput signal. This robust unit is for example suitable for the position detec-tion of loading platforms.

Digital tilt sensorsThe mercury-free tilt sensor has one inclination-dependent switch point. In asmall switching element there are two electrodes which are shorted by theconductive alcoholic liquid if the sensor is tilted. The output stage amplifiesthe output signal. The switching signal can then be used for direct triggeringof controller inputs or loads.

ifm offers sensors for a wide range

of mobile applications.

Inclination sensors

Rotation axis of the inclination

sensor.–45° 0° +45°

Function of thedigital tilt sensor.

output stage

Design of a sensor cell.

R

R

C1

C2

U0

Page 104: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

104

Inductive sensors take advantage of the physical effect of a change in the qua-lity factor of a resonant circuit caused by eddy current losses in conductivematerials. This is how it works: An LC tuned circuit generates a high-fre-quency electromagnetic field. This field is emitted from the active face of thesensor. If a conductive material passes through this field, eddy currents areformed in accordance with the law of inductance which take energy awayfrom the oscillator. This reduces the oscillation amplitude. This change isconverted into a switching signal. The operating principle permits detectionof all metals irrespective of whether they are moving or not. Important: Thehigh-frequency field causes no measurable heat in the object nor is thereany magnetic interference. So the sensors operate without interaction. Thedistance to the active face at which an electrically conductive material leadsto a signal change in the sensor is called sensing range. The sensing range ofan inductive sensor is defined by means of a target made of mild steel. If thesensor is damped by other metals, e.g. aluminium or copper, it changes. Bymeans of correction factors which exist for every kind of metal the user cancalculate the sensing range expected.

Inductive sensorsIn all automated processes sensors are absolutely necessary to provide theplc with information. They supply the necessary signals on positions, limits orserve as pulse pick-ups for counting tasks or for monitoring rotationalspeed. In comparison with mechanical switches they offer almost ideal con-ditions: operation without contact and wear as well as high switching fre-quencies and accuracy. In addition, they are not affected by vibration, dustand moisture. Inductive proximity switches detect all metals without contact.

Operating principle of inductive sensors

A special series of inductive sensors are the application sensors which arecalled “efectorm”– The “m” stands for modular technology. It is based on anew mechanical concept, new assembly methods and an innovative sealingsystem. It is based on an O ring (made of Viton / EPDM) which is in the frontcap and in the plug area. In addition, these areas are sealed using a specialcast resin. The reinforced housing provides additional mechanical stability. Ahigh degree of automation is reached in manufacturing. This new produc-tion technology provides high quality sensors. During production all compo-nents and the individual production steps are subjected to a continuousfunction check. This severe quality testing guarantees permanent reliableoperation even under extreme conditions. The common feature of thesesensors is an increased sensing range. It permits use where standard unitsmeet their limit.

Modular sensors

Quick set-up:The set-up LED

helps to send the optimum

sensing range.

High-frequencyelectromagneticfield: Theinductive sensordetects all metals.

An inductive sensor serves forposition monito-ring in a hydraulicsystem.

Cable drum of amobile crane: Aninductive sensortype M18 moni-tors and signalsthe end of thecable.

standard setting in practice

adjustment withsetting LED

sensing range [%]80 100

standard sensing rangeincreased Sn safe setting rangeincreased Sn unsafe setting range

In practice that means sensing ranges more than 2.4 timesgreater than using standard sensors.

System description

Sensors for mobile applications

Inductive sensors

Page 105: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

105

All units have a lasered type label which cannot be lost. The units can beclearly identified even after many years. No sensor leaves the productionwithout a functional test. Furthermore each unit is tested for full sealing.This philosophy is specially rewarding for applications in wet areas. A univer-sal connection technology has been developed so that the user can react tohis customers and markets quickly and easily. The switches can be used as 3-wire or 2-wire units. One unit provides two connection variants.The application sensor for mobile applications is also distinguished by thisnew mechanical concept and the innovative sealing system. Sensor compo-nents like front cap or housing material are adapted to the harsh applicationconditions. The units are designed to ensure highest shock and vibrationresistance. Corrosion-resistant M12 connectors with gold-plated contactsincrease the life of the unit. An outstanding advantage for safe detection isthe increased sensing range. Due to the high sensing range larger fluctua-tions in the detection area, caused by mechanical tolerances in the vehiclesfor example, can be better compensated for. This helps to prevent the sen-sor from being damaged. The increased sensing range is of course valid overthe complete temperature range of -40...85 °C and the units are insensitiveto quick temperature changes.A voltage range of 10...60 V for mobile sensors ensures that large fluctua-tions of the on-board supply do not impair the function. To meet the in-creasing EMC requirements in the mobile area the efectorm units have anincreased EMC resistance of 100 V/m.

Inductive sensors

Page 106: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

106

The most important element of the sensor is the ceramic pressure measuringcell made of aluminium oxide (Al203). It has a disk made of aluminium oxidewith a layer of gold resinate (thick layer paste) at the inside. This gold layerforms a measuring electrode and a reference electrode on the aluminiumoxide disk. The counterpart is a second disk of aluminium oxide to whichanother gold layer is applied. This layer forms a second measuring electrode.Aluminium oxide is used in view of its excellent chemical resistance to highstrain and its high resistance to pressure peaks. The two disks are connectedby means of a glass frit with the electrode layers being opposite each other.The distance is approximately 10 μm. After assembly the structure of theceramic cell is similar to a plate capacitor. The capacitance is invertly propor-tional to the distance between the electrodes. If this distance changes by asmall value I because the pressure applied to the cell rises, the capacitance ischanged by C.C+C= 1/ I+IThis shows that the ratio between pressure changes and capacitance (C) islinear if the pressure is proportional to the distance (I). The distance betweenthe electrodes is determined with a constant loading process. The capacitoris loaded by a current source over a certain period of time. The current differ-ence at the beginning and at the end of the loading process is a measure ofthe deflection of the diaphragm. To compensate for interference and toimprove the ratio signal / interference, the signal difference is determined onthe basis of the measuring and reference electrodes. This signal is then pro-cessed by a microprocessor.

Pressure sensorsThe ifm pressure sensors have been developed for monitoring the systempressure in hydraulic and pneumatic applications. Mobile applications can-not be imagined without pressure sensors either. ifm offers a series of differ-ent types for the different applications. All units have one thing in common:They have a one-piece housing and need no moving parts such as pistons orsprings. The result: The sensors are robust against mechanical influence andwork completely without wear and tear or fatigue. The sensor has a ceramic measuring cell. The advantage of this material: It isresistant to corrosion and absolutely long-term stable. In the long run thisguarantees a continuous accuracy of the measured values. ifm sensors arealso resistant to dynamic pressure peaks and have a high overload resis-tance.They are resistant to pressure peaks which typically occur on fast closing valves. In view of the resistance to impact and vibration the electronicsensor components are mounted on a flexible film instead of on a rigid printed circuit board.

Pressure sensorson a valve unit.

The ceramic measuring cell:

In case of overload the diaphragm is supported by the base. This

provides securityin case of

extreme strain.

pressuremeasuring cell

diaphragmelectrodes

ceramics

Operating principle

System description

Sensors for mobile applications

Pressure sensors

Page 107: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

107

Easy set-upFor sensors with switching output the switch-on point and the switch-offpoint can be set to any value within the operating range independent ofeach other before the sensor is mounted. With this feature – called adjust-able hysteresis – one single sensor can for example monitor two pressurevalues and give a signal if the current value is above or below the presetvalue at one of the two switching outputs. Damping and delay times can befreely selected by the user. After programming of the switch points the usercan lock the sensors electronically against unauthorised access.

PP-series: Separate display /

programmingunit.

In mobile hydraulic applications abruptly switching valves can lead to pres-sure spikes which are much higher than the operating pressure. In particularload monitoring requires the highest reliability. Quick and precise responseof the sensor is as indispensable for the protection of the process as clearand easy setting of the sensor. The highly resistant measuring cell can with-stand extremely harsh operating conditions. The electronics allow quick andprecise conversion of the sensor signal into switch points.The new PP75 units of the mobile series are specially adapted to this use. A special feature of the pressure switches is the e1 type approval by theKraftfahrt Bundesamt (German Federal Office for Motor Traffic). The sensoris designed to have a high EMC and shock resistance. The pressure sensors often have to be mounted at places which are difficultto access in the vehicle or machine. Programming and reading of the valueson site are difficult. The solution: Sensors of the PP series with EPS interface.Pressure sensor and control monitor are located in the sensor housing onsite. Programming is performed using the programming unit (PP2000) whichis connected to the sensor by a cable. The sensors can be set by Teach button directly at the measuring point with medium pressure being applied.The current medium pressure applied is stored as measured switch point. As feedback for the successfully terminated operation the pressure switchgives an output signal which is confirmed by the LED lighting on the Teachbutton. This easy type of setting can also be activated or made by a remotebutton in a central operating panel or even automated by a plc. In addition,PP2000 can also be used as remote display. An electronic lock protectsagainst unauthorised access to the configuration.

Pressure switches for mobile hydraulic applications

Pressure sensors

Page 108: ifm catalogue control systems

Selection chart

Sensors for mobile applications

Inclination sensorsInductive sensorsPressure sensors

108

+/- 15˚Inclinometer

Inclination sensor

110– – • M12 plug

+/- 45˚ 110– • • M12 plug

+/- 90˚ 112– • – cable

+/- 90˚ 112– • – cable

Inclination sensor, pigtail M12

Standard series

4...22 mm(UB = 10...36 V) 116• – – cable or connector

Standard series

4 mm(UB = 10...36 V) 116• – – cable

High-end series

4...22 mm(UB = 10...60 V) 114• – – cable or connector

Tilt switch

2,5...5˚ 112• – – cable

Inclination sensors

Inductive sensors

Type Operating range Connection PageOutput signal

analoguedigital CAN bus

+/- 20˚ 112– • – pigtail with M12 plug

+/- 90˚ 112– • – pigtail with M12 plug

Page 109: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Inclination sensorsInductive sensorsPressure sensors

109

Type Operating range Connection PageOutput signal

analoguedigital CAN bus

0...400 bar

type PP75..

118• – – M12 connector

Pressure sensors

Pressure transmitter

0...600 bar – 1 x4...20 mA – M12 connector

type PA30..

118

0...600 bar – 1 x0...10 V – M12 connector

type PA90..

118

Page 110: ifm catalogue control systems

Inclinometers

2-axis inclination sensor

The automation of vehicles and mobile machines can nolonger be imagined without controller electronics andsensors. Often the horizontal alignment of machines ormachine parts is an important requirement for reliableoperation. Typical examples are mobile cranes or accessplatforms.The inclinometer detects precisely the deviations of thetwo measurement axes (X and Y direction). As the sen-sor must often be mounted at difficult positions in thevehicle, special attention has been given to the mecha-nical and electrical properties of the sensor during deve-lopment. The high accuracy is achieved with measuringcells which operate to the conductometric principle. Thechange in conductivity of a liquid is determined. Depen-ding on the sensor inclination the electrodes are sur-rounded by a different level of liquid. This results in abehaviour comparable to that of a potentiometer. Dueto a suitable arrangement of the electrodes the signedvalues for the two axes are obtained.

Parameter setting of the displayresolution via the CAN bus.

Compact and robust design.

Signal output via CAN or via twoanalogue current interfaces.

CAN interface with CANopen protocol.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Adapter cable for CAN deviceswith M12 connector (5-pole) EC2062

Socket M128-pole, straight, 2 m E80021

Socket M128-pole, angled, 2 m E80022

Socket M12wirable, 5-pole, straight E11511

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Sensors formobile applications

Inclination sensors

Sensors with CAN interface

110

Inclinationsensors

Page

Sensors for mobile applications

Sensorswith CANinterface

110 - 111

Analoguesensors /switches

112 - 113

Inductivesensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Inductiveefector m

sensors

114 - 117

Page 111: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

InclinometerZero point levelling and position detection of mobile machines

Angularrange

Numberof axes

Resolution /accuracy

Interface Deviceconnection

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

±15° 2 0.001° / 0.025° CAN M12 27 1 CR2101

±45° 2 0.1° / 0.5° analogue / CAN M12 29 2 CR2102

Common technical data

Housing: aluminiumTemperature range: -30...80 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 80 mA (at 24 V DC)Interface: CANCANopen: CiA DS 301 V 3 (V 4 CR2102)

profile WDP 410Baud rate: 20...1,000 Kbits/sCE, e1 (only CR2102)

You can find scale drawings from page 187

Pressuresensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic

applications

118 - 119

Inclination sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

111

Block diagram CR2101

8-bitμController

EEPROM

CAN

3

1

4

2

sensorhybrid

clock

+UB

reset

+UB5

Block diagram CR2102

16-bitμController

EEPROMCAN

clock

+UB

reset

Iout-X IU

AD

Iout-Y GALclock generator

sensor

A

D

MUX

IU

AD

Page 112: ifm catalogue control systems

Inclination sensors

Inclination detection

The automation of vehicles and mobile machines can nolonger be imagined without controller electronics andsensors. Often the horizontal alignment of machines ormachine parts is an important requirement for reliableoperation. Typical applications are cranes, access plat-forms or outriggers.The micromechanics of the integrated capacitive measu-ring cell responds to the gravitational acceleration. Thisgenerates a sinusoidal analogue signal which dependson the inclination. The sensor outputs supply the outputsignal as voltage or current value depending on thedevice.If only a switch point is to be detected, the mercury-freetilt switch is used. Due to its design it has the same goodswitching characteristics as a conventional mercuryswitch. But due to the harmless filling of the switchingelement with alcohol it has considerable ecologicaladvantages in case of damage or disposal.

Easy and reliable handling.

Compact and robust design.

Wide angle range.

Signal output as digital or analoguesignal depending on the sensor type.

High protection rating IP 67.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Wirable plug M12, 4-pole E11504

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Sensors formobile applications

Inclination sensors

Analogue sensors / switches

112

Inclinationsensors

Page

Sensors for mobile applications

Sensorswith CANinterface

110 - 111

Analoguesensors /switches

112 - 113

Inductivesensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Inductiveefector m

sensors

114 - 117

Page 113: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

Inclination sensorsDigital or analogue signal output

Angular range /switchinghysteresis

Supplyvoltage

Numberof axes

Repeatability Interface Outputsignal

Deviceconnec-

tion

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Inclination sensors

±90° 15...30 V DC 1 0.1° analogue 0...10 V cable 36 3 EC2019

±90° 8...30 V DC 1 0.1° analogue 0.5...4.5 V cable 36 3 EC2045

±20° 11...15 V DC 1 0.1° analogue 4...20 mA M12 30 3 EC2060

±90° 20...30 V DC 1 0.1° analogue 4...20 mA M12 30 3 EC2082

Mercury-free inclination switch

2.5...5° 10...30 V DC 1 0.2° digital – cable 37 4 EC2061

Common technical data

Housing: plasticTemperature range: -30...80 °CProtection rating: IP 67Short-circuit and overload protectionCE

You can find scale drawings from page 187

Pressuresensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic

applications

118 - 119

Inclination sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

113

Output graph EC2019

10,00

8,00

6,00

4,00

2,00

angle °

outp

ut v

olta

ge

9,00

7,00

5,00

3,00

1,00

0,00

–80

–90

–70

–60

–50

–40

–30

–20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Page 114: ifm catalogue control systems

Inductive efector msensors

Inductive sensors for extreme applications

The new efector m units with increased sensing rangeof the mobile series are specially adapted for use in vehi-cles.The e1 type approval of the German Federal Office forMotor Traffic certifies that the units comply with theautomotive standards and can therefore be installed onvehicles without invalidating their operating permit.The units with stainless steel housings pass environmen-tal tests without problem, for example salt spray test,temperature / humidity cycles, continuous shocks andvibrations.The permissible application range of the sensors covers -40...85 °C. Furthermore, the units are insensitive torapid temperature changes.The sensors of the mobile efector m series are distin-guished by their superb ingress resistance and withstandeven high-pressure cleaning without problem. This isevidenced by the protection rating IP 69 K.A voltage range of 10...60 V ensures that even highfluctuations in the on-board supply system do not causeany problems.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Increased temperature rangefrom -40...85 °C.

IP 69 K and IP 67: Ingress-resistant even under severe environmental.

Increased EMC resistance: 100 V/maccording to automotive standards.

Wide voltage range of 10...60 V DCand increased sensing range.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp M12 E11047

Mounting clamp M18 E11048

Mounting clamp M30 E11049

Angle bracket M12 x 1 E10735

Angle bracket M18 x 1 E10736

Angle bracket M30 x 1.5 E10737

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Sensors formobile applications

Inductive sensors

Inductive efector m sensors

114

Inclinationsensors

Page

Sensors for mobile applications

Sensorswith CANinterface

110 - 111

Analoguesensors /switches

112 - 113

Inductivesensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Inductiveefector m

sensors

114 - 117

Page 115: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

Inductive efector m sensors3-wire DC PNP

Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Ub

[V]

Protectionrating

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Udrop

[V]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · output function

M12 / L = 70 4 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 600 200 < 2.5 38 1 IFM205

M12 / L = 70 7 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 400 200 < 2.5 38 2 IFM206

M18 / L = 70 8 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 100 200 < 2.5 38 3 IGM204

M18 / L = 70 12 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 100 200 < 2.5 38 4 IGM205

M30 / L = 70 12 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 50 200 < 2.5 38 5 IIM208

M30 / L = 70 22 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 50 200 < 2.5 38 6 IIM209

PUR cable, 6 m · output function

M12 / L = 80 4 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 600 200 < 2.5 39 7 IFM209

M12 / L = 80 7 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 400 200 < 2.5 39 8 IFM210

M18 / L = 80 8 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 100 200 < 2.5 39 9 IGM206

M18 / L = 80 12 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 100 200 < 2.5 39 10 IGM207

M30 / L = 80 12 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 50 200 < 2.5 39 11 IIM210

M30 / L = 80 22 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 50 200 < 2.5 39 12 IIM211

You can find scale drawings from page 188

Pressuresensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic

applications

118 - 119

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

115

Page 116: ifm catalogue control systems

Inductive efector msensors

Robust iductive sensors for mobile use

The new efector m units with increased sensing rangeof the mobile series are specially adapted for use in vehi-cles. The sensor is designed so that it meets the highestdemands.The e1 type approval of the German Federal Office forMotor Traffic certifies that the units comply with theautomotive standards and can therefore be installed onvehicles without invalidating their operating permit.For the design special attention has been given to resi-stance to the most important environmental influences.The units pass environmental tests without problem, forexample salt spray test, temperature / humidity cycles,continuous shocks and vibrations.The sensors in round design are distinguished by theirhigh ingress resistance and withstand even high-pressu-re cleaning without problem. This is evidenced by theprotection rating IP 69 K. The permissible temperaturerange covers -40...85 °C. The rectangular switches aredistinguished by their high current rating.

e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.

Increased temperature rangefrom -40...85 °C.

IP 67: Ingress-resistant even undersevere environmental conditions.

Rectangular design with 2 Acurrent rating.

Robust design for mobile use withhigh shock and vibration resistance.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Mounting clamp M12 E11047

Mounting clamp M18 E11048

Mounting clamp M30 E11049

Angle bracket M12 x 1 E10735

Angle bracket M18 x 1 E10736

Angle bracket M30 x 1.5 E10737

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Sensors formobile applications

Inductive sensors

Inductive efector m sensors

116

Inclinationsensors

Page

Sensors for mobile applications

Sensorswith CANinterface

110 - 111

Analoguesensors /switches

112 - 113

Inductivesensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Inductiveefector m

sensors

114 - 117

Page 117: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

Inductive efector m proximity switches3-wire DC PNP

Dimensions

[mm]

Sensingrange[mm]

Ub

[V]

Protectionrating

f

[Hz]

Iload

[mA]

Udrop

[V]

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · output function

M12 / L = 70 4 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 600 100 < 2.5 38 1 IFM203

M12 / L = 70 7 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 400 100 < 2.5 38 2 IFM204

M18 / L = 70 8 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 < 2.5 38 3 IGM200

M18 / L = 70 12 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 < 2.5 38 4 IGM201

M30 / L = 70 12 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 < 2.5 38 5 IIM200

M30 / L = 70 22 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 < 2.5 38 6 IIM201

PUR cable, 6 m · output function

M12 / L = 80 4 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 600 100 < 2.5 39 7 IFM207

M12 / L = 80 7 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 400 100 < 2.5 39 8 IFM208

M18 / L = 80 8 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 < 2.5 39 9 IGM202

M18 / L = 80 12 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 < 2.5 39 10 IGM203

M30 / L = 80 12 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 < 2.5 39 11 IIM202

M30 / L = 80 22 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 < 2.5 39 12 IIM203

PUR cable, 3 m · output function

40 x 12 x 36 4 nf 10...36 IP 67 70 2.000 < 4 40 13 IN5281

PUR cable, 3 m · output function

40 x 12 x 36 4 nf 10...36 IP 67 70 2.000 < 4 41 13 IN5282

You can find scale drawings from page 188

Pressuresensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic

applications

118 - 119

Inductive sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

117

Page 118: ifm catalogue control systems

Pressure sensors

Pressure sensors type PPxx

In mobile hydraulic applications abruptly switching val-ves can lead to pressure spikes which are much higherthan the operating pressure. Quick and precise responseof the sensor is as indispensable for the protection ofthe process as clear and easy setting.The highly resistant measuring cell withstands extremestress. The sensor signal is converted into switch pointsquickly and precisely by the electronics. Easy and precisesetting of the switch points is possible even withoutsystem pressure.Programming from normally closed to normally open ispossible at any time. Damping and delay times are free-ly selectable by the user.The optional programming unit turns a simple pressureswitch into an intelligent sensor. It is used to transfer theset parameters to any number of pressure switches. Set-up is very simple due to the temporarily connected pro-gramming unit.

Pressure sensor type PA3060.

M12 connector for quickand reliable connection.

Easy change of the basic settingby programming modules.

Highest shock and vibration resistance.

Excellent EMC resistanceup to 150 V/m.

Reliable operation and lowbuying price.

Connectors and splitter boxes

Type Description Orderno.

Programming and display unitfor EPS sensors PP2001

Jumper M12-plug / M12-socket, 2 m EVT043

Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139

Sensors formobile applications

Pressure sensors Pressure sensors for mobilehydraulic applications

118

Inclinationsensors

Page

Sensors for mobile applications

Sensorswith CANinterface

110 - 111

Analoguesensors /switches

112 - 113

Inductivesensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Inductiveefector m

sensors

114 - 117

Page 119: ifm catalogue control systems

Application example

Electronic pressure sensorType PPxx: Teach, NO or NC function programmableType PAxx: Analogue output 4...20 mA or 0...10 V

Measuringrange[bar]

Poverloadmax.[bar]

Pburstingmin.[bar]

Set pointSP1[bar]

Reset pointrP1

[bar]

Stepincrement

[bar]

Protectionrating

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

M12 connector · Output function 2 x no / nc programmable or 1 x no / nc programmable + 1 x norm. closed (diagnostic function)

0...400 600 1000 4...400 2...398 2 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7550

0...250 400 850 2...250 1...249 1 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7551

0...100 300 650 1.0...100.0 0.5...99.5 0.5 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7552

0...25 150 350 0.2...25.0 0.1...24.9 0.1 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7553

-1...10 75 150 -0.90...10.00 -0.95...9.95 0.05 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7554

0...2.5 20 5 0.02...2.50 0.01...2.49 0.01 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7556

M12 connector · Output function 4...20 mA analogue

0...600 800 1200 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 43 2 PA3060

0...400 600 1000 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 43 2 PA3020

0...250 400 850 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 43 3 PA3021

0...100 300 650 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 43 3 PA3022

0...25 150 350 – – – IP 65 43 3 PA3023

0...10 75 150 – – – IP 65 43 3 PA3024

0...2.5 20 50 – – – IP 65 43 3 PA3026

M12 connector · Output function 0...10 V analogue

0...600 800 1200 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 44 3 PA9060

0...400 600 1000 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 44 2 PA9020

0...250 400 850 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 44 3 PA9021

0...100 300 650 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 44 3 PA9022

0...25 150 350 – – – IP 65 44 3 PA9023

0...10 75 150 – – – IP 65 44 3 PA9024

0...2.5 20 50 – – – IP 65 44 3 PA9026

Common technical data

Ub PPxx: 9.6...36 V DC Ub PA3xx: 9,6...32 V DCUb PA9xx: 16...32 V DCCurrent rating PPxx: 2 x 250 mACurrent consumption PPxx: < 45 mA Switch point accuracy PPxx: < 0.5 %Materials (wetted parts): ceramics,stainless steel (303S21), FPM (Viton)Shock resistance PPxx: 1,000 gShock resistance PAxx: 20 gVibration resistance: 20 g (10...2,000 Hz)Further data: www.ifm.com

You can find scale drawings from page 190

Pressuresensors

Sensors for mobile applications

Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic

applications

118 - 119

Pressure sensors

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

119

Page 120: ifm catalogue control systems
Page 121: ifm catalogue control systems

PWM / analogue, current, DC/DC converters 126 - 127

System descriptionSelection chart

122 - 123124

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Signal converters

121

Frequency, currentand voltage converters

Page 122: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

The PWM / analogue converters change the present PWM signal into ananalogue output. These units are for example used for the triggering of valves which cannot directly evaluate a PWM signal. The internal circuitry ofthe converter smoothes the PWM signals and generates an output voltagewhich is proportional to the mark to space ratio.

122

IntroductionIf the user wants to connect sensors or actuators to a controller or input /output module which does not provide the suitable output or trigger signal,signal converters are used. They are problem solvers for special input / out-put applications.The converter components from the ecomatmobile range are offered asopen pcbs or in a potted housing.

The output voltage is dependent upon the PWM signal.

UB UOUT

UB UOUT

15% on 85% off

70% on 30% off

PWM / analogue converters

System descriptionSignal converters Frequency, current

and voltage converters

Page 123: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

123

CurrentControl ModuleFor special current-regulated or current-controlled actuators the output cur-rent is measured and read via the analogue inputs of the controller R360.The CurrentControl module detects the measured current and provides it asan input signal. These modules are mainly for the control of hydraulicmotors. As the control currents of these aggregates are usually very low themeasured current is limited to max. 200 mA. The control function is im-plemented in the application program.

If the ratiometric inputs of the R360 cannot be used and a constant supplyvoltage, e.g. for joysticks or potentiometers, is needed, the DC/DC convertercan be used. Independent of the input supply (within the permissible opera-ting voltage range) the DC/DC converter generates a constant output volt-age. At the same time there is an electrical separation.

Block diagram of theCurrentControlModule.1

2

3

4

5

PWM OUT

analogue IN

GND

load (+)

load (-)

DC/DC converterwith electricalseparation.

18-36 V DC 10 V DC

Frequency, current and voltage converters

Page 124: ifm catalogue control systems

Selection chart

124

Signal converters Frequency, currentand voltage converters

• – – terminals

• – – pigtails

– • – pigtails

• – • cage clamps

Signal converters

PWM / analogue converter

126

PWM / analogue converter

126

DC/DC converter

126

Current transformer

126

Type Connection PageFunction

PWM /analogue converter

DC/DCconverter

Currenttransformer

Page 125: ifm catalogue control systems

125

Frequency, currentand voltage converters

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Page 126: ifm catalogue control systems

Signal converter

Versatile solutions

The converter modules enable adaptation of process sig-nals when the inputs or outputs of the mobile controllerR360 are not directly compatible with triggering hydrau-lic valves and drives.The PWM / analogue converters convert the presentPWM signal into an analogue output signal. These devi-ces are mainly used for triggering valves which cannotdirectly evaluate a PWM signal. These valves are oftendirectly controlled by analogue joysticks when themachine is designed conventionally.For special current-controlled actuators (e.g. hydraulicdrives) the measured value is read via the analogueinputs of the R360. The CurrentControl module detectsthe measured current and provides it as input signal.Further processing is then carried out in the applicationprogram.

Easy to use.

Compact design.

Field or panel mounting.

Constant output signals.

If the ratiometric inputs of the R360 cannot be used anda constant supply voltage is needed, e.g. for joysticks,the DC/DC converter can be used. It supplies a constantoutput voltage of 10 V DC even in case of voltage fluc-tuations.

Signal converters Frequency, currentand voltage converters PWM / analogue, current,

DC/DC converters

126

Frequency,currentand voltageconverters

Page

Signal converters

PWM / analogue,current, DC/DC

converters

126 - 127

Page 127: ifm catalogue control systems

CR3001 / CR3002 EC2025 EC2049

Signal converterAdaptation of process signals

Function Supplyvoltage

Design Outputsignal

Deviceconnection

Wiringdiagram

no.

Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

PWM / analogue converter

PWM / analogue converter 24 V DC PCB 0...5 V screw terminals 31 1 CR3001

PWM / analogue converter 24 V DC PCB 0...10 V screw terminals 32 1 CR3002

PWM / analogue converter 24 V DC housing 0...5 V connection wires 33 2 CR3003

PWM / analogue converter 24 V DC housing 0...10 V connection wires 34 2 CR3004

DC / DC converter

stab. supply voltage 18...36 V DC housing 10 V connection wires 35 3 EC2025

Current converter

series element PWM signal module IP 20 < 200 mA cage clamps – 4 EC2049

You can find scale drawings from page 191

Frequency, currentand voltage converters

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

127

Page 128: ifm catalogue control systems
Page 129: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Connection technology

129

M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators

SocketsPlugsJumper cables

130 - 131132 - 133134 - 136

Page 130: ifm catalogue control systems

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing /

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Goldcon-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 1 · Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

2 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 1 EVC001

5 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 1 EVC002

10 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 1 EVC003

2 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 2 EVC004

5 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 2 EVC005

10 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 2 EVC006

Group 2 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire, CAN

2 m blackPUR

2 x 0,25 mm2

+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /

IP 69 K • – 3 E11596

5 m blackPUR

2 x 0,25 mm2

+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /

IP 69 K • – 3 E11597

Group 3 · Terminating resistor socket M12, 5-pole, CAN

– – TPU /brass – -40...90 IP 67 /

IP 69 K • – 4 E11589

Group 4 · Socket M12, 5-pole

wirable ...0,75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

125AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 5 E11511

Group 5 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

5 m orangePVC

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 5,1 mmPVC /

stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 6 EVT010

10 m orangePVC

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 5,1 mmPVC /

stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 6 EVT011

25 m orangePVC

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 5,1 mmPVC /

stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 6 EVT012

5 m orangePVC

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 5,1 mmPVC /

stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 7 EVT013

10 m orangePVC

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 5,1 mmPVC /

stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 7 EVT014

25 m orangePVC

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 5,1 mmPVC /

stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 7 EVT015

Connection technology M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators

Sockets

130

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 131: ifm catalogue control systems

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing /

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Goldcon-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 5 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

2 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 8 EVC070

5 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 8 EVC071

10 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 8 EVC072

2 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 9 EVC073

5 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 9 EVC074

10 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 9 EVC075

Group 6 · Socket M12, 8-pole, 8-wire

2 m orangePUR 8 x 0,25 mm2 TPU /

brass30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 10 E80021

2 m PUR 8 x 0,25 mm2 TPU /

brass30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 11 E80022

M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

131

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 132: ifm catalogue control systems

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing /

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Goldcon-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 7 · Plug M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

2 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 12 EVC076

5 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 12 EVC077

10 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 12 EVC078

2 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 13 EVC079

5 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 13 EVC080

10 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 13 EVC081

Group 8 · Plug M12, 5-pole, 5-wire, CAN

2 m blackPUR

2 x 0,25 mm2

+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /

IP 69 K • – 14 E11598

5 m blackPUR

2 x 0,25 mm2

+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /

IP 69 K • – 14 E11599

Group 9 · Terminating resistor plug M12, 5-pole, CAN

– – TPU /brass – -40...90 IP 67 /

IP 69 K • – 15 E11590

Group 10 · Plug M12, 4-pole

wireable ...0,75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

250AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 16 E11504

wireable ...0,75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

250AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 17 E11505

Group 11 · Plug M12, 5-pole

wireable ...0,75 mm2

(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass

125AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 18 E11506

Group 12 · Plug M12, 5-pole, 4-wire

2 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 19 EVC095

Connection technology M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators

Plugs

132

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 133: ifm catalogue control systems

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing /

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Goldcon-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 13 · Plug M12, 5-pole, 5-wire

2 m blackPUR

5 x 0,5 mm2

Ø 5 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 20 EVC094

M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

133

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 134: ifm catalogue control systems

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing /

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Goldcon-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 14 · Jumper M12, 4-pole, 4-wire

0,3 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 21 EVC010

0,6 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 21 EVC011

1 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 21 EVC012

2 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 21 EVC013

5 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 21 EVC014

0,3 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 22 EVC015

0,6 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 22 EVC016

1 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 22 EVC017

2 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 22 EVC018

5 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 22 EVC019

0,3 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 23 EVC030

0,6 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 23 EVC031

1 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 23 EVC032

2 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 23 EVC033

5 m blackPUR

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 23 EVC034

Group 15 · Jumper M12 / DIN A, 3/4-pole, 3-wire, LED

0,3 m blackPUR

3 x 0,5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 24 E11416

0,6 m blackPUR

3 x 0,5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 24 E11417

1 m blackPUR

3 x 0,5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 24 E11418

2 m blackPUR

3 x 0,5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 24 E11419

5 m blackPUR

3 x 0,5 mm2

Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 24 E11420

Connection technology M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators

Jumper cables

134

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 135: ifm catalogue control systems

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing /

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Goldcon-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 16 · Jumper M12 plug / valve plug type A (according to DIN 43650) for current controlling

0,75 m PUR 2 x 0,75 mm2 TPU /

brass 24 AC/DC -40...90 IP 67 / IP 69 K – – 25 E11277

1 m PUR 2 x 0,75 mm2 TPU /

brass 24 AC/DC -40...90 IP 67 / IP 69 K – – 25 E11187

2 m PUR 2 x 0,75 mm2 TPU /

brass 24 AC/DC -40...90 IP 67 / IP 69 K – – 25 E11622

3 m PUR 2 x 0,75 mm2 TPU /

brass 24 AC/DC -40...90 IP 67 / IP 69 K – – 25 E11949

Group 17 · jumper M12 plug, 4-pole / M12 socket, 4-pole, 4-wire

2 m orangePVC

4 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmPVC /

stainless steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 26 EVT043

Group 18 · Jumper M12, 5-pole, 5-wire, CAN

0,3 m blackPUR

2 x 0,25 mm2

+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /

IP 69 K • – 27 E11591

1 m blackPUR

2 x 0,25 mm2

+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /

IP 69 K • – 27 E11592

2 m blackPUR

2 x 0,25 mm2

+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /

IP 69 K • – 27 E11593

5 m blackPUR

2 x 0,25 mm2

+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /

IP 69 K • – 27 E11594

10 m blackPUR

2 x 0,25 mm2

+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /

IP 69 K • – 27 E11595

Group 19 · Jumper M12, 5-pole, 5-wire,

0,3 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 28 EVC055

0,6 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 28 EVC056

1 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 28 EVC057

2 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 28 EVC058

5 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 28 EVC059

0,3 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 29 EVC060

0,6 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 29 EVC061

1 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 29 EVC062

M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

135

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 136: ifm catalogue control systems

Type Cable Wirespecification

Materialhousing /

nut

U

[V]

Ta

[°C]

Pro-tection

Goldcon-tacts

LEDs Draw-ingno.

Orderno.

Group 19 · Jumper M12, 5-pole, 5-wire,

2 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 29 EVC063

5 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 29 EVC064

0,3 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 30 EVC065

0,6 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 30 EVC066

1 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 30 EVC067

2 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 30 EVC068

5 m blackPUR

5 x 0,34 mm2

Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass

30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /

IP 69K • – 30 EVC069

Group 20 · M12 plug / M12 plug, 4-pole, 4-wire, Ethernet

10 m greenPVC cable 4 x 0.34 mm2 TPU /

diecast zinc250

AC/DC -20...60 IP 67 / IP69K • – 31 E21137

2 m greenPVC cable 4 x 0.34 mm2 TPU /

diecast zinc250

AC/DC -20...60 IP 67 / IP69K • – 31 E21138

5 m greenPVC cable 4 x 0.34 mm2 TPU /

diecast zinc250

AC/DC -20...60 IP 67 / IP69K • – 31 E21139

Connection technology M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators

Jumper cables

136

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 137: ifm catalogue control systems

M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

137

Page 138: ifm catalogue control systems
Page 139: ifm catalogue control systems

Accessories

139

Accessories for control systems

Connection technology for control systemsAccessories for M12 CompactModules and displaysAccessories for diagnosis, remote maintenance and sensorsProtection devices and documentation

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

140 - 144146 - 148150 - 151

152

Page 140: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

Cable with connectorfor process and dialogue modules PDM360 EC2068

Cable with connectorfor process and dialogue modules PDM360 EC2077

Cable with connectorfor process and dialogue modules PDM360 EC2081

Patch cable Cross-over patch cable for the direct connection of process and

dialogue modules PDM 360 to a PC Ethernet interfaceEC2080

Accessories Accessories for control systems Connection technologyfor control systems

140

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 141: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

JumperEthernet E11898

Connector AMP 55-polewired, 1.2 m

cores sealed individuallyEC2084

Connector AMP 55-polewired, 2.5 m EC2046

Connector AMP 55-polewired, 1.2 m EC2086

Connector AMP 55-polewirable EC2013

Accessories for control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

141

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 142: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

Plug set for CabinetModule CR2012 / CR2014wirable EC2053

Plug set for CabinetController CR0301 / CR0302wirable EC2075

Plug set for CR2016 EC2089

Plug set for CR0303 EC2090

Cable with connectorAMP 6-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1520

Cable with connectorAMP 10-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1521

Accessories Accessories for control systems Connection technologyfor control systems

142

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 143: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

Cable with connectorAMP 14-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1522

Cable with connectorAMP 18-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1523

Adapter cablefor CAN analyser

and spring terminal box9-pole D-SUB (female)

EC2050

Adapter cable for CAN devices with M12 connector (5 pole)e.g. CANmem, CANcom or inclination sensors EC2062

Plug for Danfoss PWM valves EC2056

Accessories for control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

143

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 144: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

Plug for Danfoss PWM valves / M12 connector, 0.3 m EC2088

CAN communication cablecable length 2 m

interface 9-pole D-SUB (female)EC2034

Spring terminal boxAccessory for simulator

and starter setEC2032

Serial interface cable2 x 9-pole D-SUB (female) EC2063

Accessories Accessories for control systems Connection technologyfor control systems

144

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 145: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

USB cableltyep A to type mini B EC2058

RS-232 Programming adapterwith gender changer for pin-socket conversion EC2076

Programming cable for CabinetController CR0303 EC2091

Accessories for control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

145

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 146: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

Protective cap, M12pack quantity = 10 pcs. E73004

Snap in setFor order No. CR1050, CR1051, CR1052, CR1053, CR1054,

CR1060, CR1070, CR1071EC1452

Fixing setFor order No. CR1050, CR1051, CR1052, CR1053, CR1054,

CR1060, CR1070, CR1071EC1453

Mounting baseFor order No. CR1050,

CR1051 in use with cable EC2081EC2083

Accessories Accessories for control systems Accessories for M12compact modules and displays

146

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 147: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

Mounting plateFor order No. CR1050, CR1051, CR1052, CR1053, CR1054,

CR1060, CR1070, CR1071, EC1411, EC1412, EC1413, CR1060EC1410

Mounting arm short , 90 mm EC1411

Mounting arm standard, 144 mm EC1412

Mounting arm long, 231 mm EC1413

Accessories for control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

147

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 148: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

sealingFor order No. CR1052, CR1053, CR1055,

CR1056, CR1070, CR1071EC1450

sealingFor order No. CR1050, CR1051, CR1060 EC1451

Accessories Accessories for control systems Accessories for M12compact modules and displays

148

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 149: ifm catalogue control systems

Accessories for control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

149

Page 150: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

plug-in power supplyFor order No. CR3101, CR1050, CR1051, EC2070 EC2059

CANcom GSM planar aerialFor order No. CR3105, CR3106 EC2092

CANcom GPS planar aerialFor order No. CR3106 EC2093

SD memory cardFor order No. CR3101 EC1021

CAN analyser EC2036

Accessories Accessories for control systems Accessories for diagnosis,remote maintenance and sensors

150

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 151: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

Programming and display unit for EPS sensors PP2001

Mounting clamp for types M18 E11048

Mounting clamp for types M30 E11049

Angle bracket for types M12 E10735

Angle bracket for types M18 E10736

Angle bracket for types M30 E10737

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Accessories for control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

151

Page 152: ifm catalogue control systems

Illustration Description Orderno.

Load-Dump-Module 12 V DC EC2015

Load-Dump-Module 24 V DC EC2016

Protection devicesand documentation

152

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Accessories Accessories for control systems

Page 153: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

153

Page 154: ifm catalogue control systems
Page 155: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Technical informationand customer service

155

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

ifm information and ordering service

Other ifm productsInternet serviceCustomer serviceOrdering serviceAddresses

Scale drawings

Mobile controllersI/O modulesDialogue modulesDiagnosis and serviceSensors for mobile applicationsSignal convertersConnectors and splitter boxes

Technical glossary

Control systems

156 - 178

202 - 205206 - 207

208209

210 - 211

180 - 181182 - 183

184185 - 186187 - 190

191192 - 195

196 - 200

Page 156: ifm catalogue control systems

1 CR0020, CR0200 (2 x)

note the double pin connection of inputs/outputs

pin

23

05

34

01

15

12

wiringpotential

VBBS (10...32 V DC)

VBBO (10...32 V DC)

VBBR (10...32 V DC)

GNDS

GNDO

GNDA

description

supply sensors and module

supply outputs

supply via relay

ground sensors and module

ground outputs

ground analogue outputs

note

relay switched (1)

relay switched (2)

pin

14

32

26

25

33

06

07

13

24

CAN, RS232, ERROR, TESTpotential

CAN 1H

CAN 1L

CAN 2H

CAN 2L

GND

RxD

TxD

ERROR

TEST

description

CAN interface 1 (high)

CAN interface 1 (low)

CAN interface 2 (high)

CAN interface 2 (low)

ground (RS-232/CAN)

RS 232 interface (programming)

RS 232 interface (programming)

error output BH

test input

note

SAE J 1939

SAE J 1939

pin 03, PC D-Sub (9 pin)

pin 02, PC D-Sub (9 pin)

pin

08

27

09

28

10

29

11

30

44

45

46

47

20

02

21

38

36

54

17

53

19

55

18

37

39

03

40

22

41

42

43

04

48

49

31

50

51

52

16

35

inputs/outputsinputs

%IX0.00 / %IW03

%IX0.01 / %IW04

%IX0.02 / %IW05

%IX0.03 / %IW06

%IX0.04 / %IW07

%IX0.05 / %IW08

%IX0.06 / %IW09

%IX0.07 / %IW10

%IX0.08

%IX0.09

%IX0.10

%IX0.11

%IX0.12

%IX0.13

%IX0.14

%IX0.15

%IX1.00

%IX1.01

%IX1.02

%IX1.03

%IX1.04

%IX1.05

%IX1.06

%IX1.07

%IX1.08

%IX1.09

%IX1.10

%IX1.11

%IX1.12

%IX1.13

%IX1.14

%IX1.15

%IX2.00

%IX2.01

%IX2.02

%IX2.03

%IX2.04

%IX2.05

%IX2.06

%IX2.07

configuration

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL

BL

BL

BL

BL IL (FRQ0)

BL IL (FRQ1)

BL IL (FRQ2)

BL IL (FRQ3)

BL

BL

BL

BL

BL/H IL (CYL0)

BL/H IL (CYL1)

BL/H IL (CYL2)

BL/H IL (CYL3)

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

BL

BL

BL

BL

BL

BL

BL

BL

diagnostic capability

input / output

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

• / •

outputs

%QX0.00

%QX0.01

%QX0.02

%QX0.03

%QX0.04

%QX0.05

%QX0.06

%QX0.07

%QX0.08

%QX0.09

%QX0.10

%QX0.11

%QX0.12

%QX0.13

%QX0.14

%QX0.15

%QX1.00

%QX1.01

%QX1.02

%QX1.03

%QX1.04

%QX1.05

%QX1.06

%QX1.07

configuration

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH PWM

BH/L H-bridge

BH/L H-bridge

BH PWM

BH PWM

BH/L H-bridge

BH/L H-Bridge

BH PWM

relay switched

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

inputs of the type BH are without diagnostic capability Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

156

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 157: ifm catalogue control systems

2 CR0505

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

note the double pin connection of inputs/outputs

pin

23

05

34

01

15

12

wiringpotential

VBBS (10...32 V DC)

VBBO (10...32 V DC)

VBBR (10...32 V DC)

GNDS

GNDO

GNDA

description

supply sensors and module

supply outputs

supply via relay

ground sensors and module

ground outputs

ground analogue outputs

note

relay switched (1)

relay switched (2)

pin

14

32

26

25

33

06

07

13

24

CAN, RS232, ERROR, TESTpotential

CAN 1H

CAN 1L

CAN 2H

CAN 2L

GND

RxD

TxD

ERROR

TEST

description

CAN interface 1 (high)

CAN interface 1 (low)

CAN interface 2 (high)

CAN interface 2 (low)

ground (RS-232/CAN)

RS 232 interface (programming)

RS 232 interface (programming)

error output BH

test input

note

SAE J 1939

SAE J 1939

pin 03, PC D-Sub (9 pin)

pin 02, PC D-Sub (9 pin)

pin

08

27

09

28

10

29

11

30

44

45

46

47

20

02

21

38

36

54

17

53

19

55

18

37

inputs/outputsinputs

%IX0.00 / %IW03

%IX0.01 / %IW04

%IX0.02 / %IW05

%IX0.03 / %IW06

%IX0.04 / %IW07

%IX0.05 / %IW08

%IX0.06 / %IW09

%IX0.07 / %IW10

%IX0.08

%IX0.09

%IX0.10

%IX0.11

%IX0.12

%IX0.13

%IX0.14

%IX0.15

%IX1.00

%IX1.01

%IX1.02

%IX1.03

%IX1.04

%IX1.05

%IX1.06

%IX1.07

configuration

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL

BL

BL

BL

BL IL (FRQ0)

BL IL (FRQ1)

BL IL (FRQ2)

BL IL (FRQ3)

BL

BL

BL

BL

BL/H IL (CYL0)

BL/H IL (CYL1)

BL/H IL (CYL2)

BL/H IL (CYL3)

diagnostic capability

input / output

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

• / –

• / –

• / –

• / –

outputs

%QX0.00

%QX0.01

%QX0.02

%QX0.03

%QX0.04

%QX0.05

%QX0.06

%QX0.07

configuration

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

relay switched

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

inputs of the type BH are without diagnostic capability

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

157

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 158: ifm catalogue control systems

3 CR0032

55 IN 00 A, BL/H, FRQ 18OUT 00PWM, BH, (2/4 A)

20G

ND

01V

BB

RS

Inputs

36 IN 01S

54 IN 02 A, BL/H, FRQS

35 IN 03 A, BL/H, FRQS

53 IN 04 A, BL/H, FRQS

34 IN 05 A, BL/H, FRQS

52 IN 06 A, BL/H, FRQS

33 IN 07 A, BL/H, FRQS

24 IN 08 A, BL/H, FRQS

41 IN 09 A, BL/H, FRQS

23 IN 10 A, BL/H, FRQS

40 IN 11 A, BL/H, FRQS

22 IN 12 A, BL/H, FRQS

39 IN 13 A, BL/H, FRQS

21 IN 14 A, BL/H, FRQS

38 IN 15 A, BL/H, FRQS

L

17OUT 01PWM, BH/L, (2/4 A), H L

16OUT 02PWM, BH, (2/4 A) L

15OUT 03PWM, BH/L, (2/4 A), H L

14OUT 04PWM, BH, (2 A) L

13OUT 05PWM, BH, (2 A) L

12OUT 06PWM, BH, (2 A) L

11OUT 07PWM, BH, (2 A) L

02OUT 08PWM, BH, (2/4 A) L

03OUT 09PWM, BH/L, (2/4 A), H L

04OUT 10PWM, BH, (2/4 A) L

05OUT 11PWM, BH/L, (2/4 A), H L

06OUT 12PWM, BH, (2 A) L

07OUT 13PWM, BH, (2 A) L

08OUT 14PWM, BH, (2 A) L

09OUT 15PWM, BH, (2 A) L

Outputs

Supply +DCGND

Output +DC

Output GND

37G

ND

Output +DC

42G

ND

relay

A, BL/H, FRQ

10V

BB

S

Interfaces 47 CAN1_H29 CAN1_L

CAN

46 CAN2_H28 CAN2_L45 CAN3_H27 CAN3_L44 CAN4_H26 CAN4_L

25 RxD43 TxD

RS-232

30 USB_P48 USB_Nvirtual COM Port31 USB_5 V49 USB_GND

50 TEST

32V

BB

15

terminal 15(ignition)

Output GND

Supply

51VREF OUT (5/10 V, 400 mA)10-32 V

5/10 V

relay

19V

BB

O

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

158

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 159: ifm catalogue control systems

4 CR2500

PWMe.g. Danfossproportional valve(pull-down resistorintegrated)

For safety reasonsthe valve issupplied withvoltage via abinary output.

PWM,current controllede.g. proportional valve

digitale.g. two-way valves

supply

outputs

supply +DC

supply GND

CAN 2

23V

BB

S

01G

ND

S

05

02

38

20

output +DC

%QX0.0

GND

CAN_GND44

26

42

45

31

43 CAN_H

CAN_L

CAN_H

CAN_L

CAN_GND

BH

+VBBO

interfaces

CAN 1CAN_GND

50

15

14

32

33

51 CAN_H

CAN_L

CAN_H

CAN_L

CAN_GND

RS232GND

06

13

24

07 TxD

RxD

test

GND

49

16

29

%IW9 A

GND

48

34

10

%IW8 A

GND

47

25

28

%IW7 A

GND

46

04

09

%IW6 A

GND

53

17

30

%IX1.8 BL

GND

52

35

11

%IX1.0 BL

GND

41

22

27

%IX0.8 BL

GND

40

12

08

%IX0.0 BL

inputs

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

VB

BO

03

39

21

%QX0.8

GND

BH

+VBBO

18

54

36

%QX1.0

GND

BH

+VBBO

19

55

37

%QX1.8

GND

BH

+VBBO

CYL 0 / FRQ 0(100Hz...50kHz)

CYL 1 / FRQ 1(100Hz...50kHz)

+

–IN7

IN6

IN5

IN4

IN3

IN2

IN1

IN0

OUT 0

OUT 1

OUT 2

OUT 3

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

159

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 160: ifm catalogue control systems

5 CR7020, CR7200 (2 x)

pin

23

05

34

01

15

12

wiringpotential

VBBS (10...32 V DC)

VBBO (10...32 V DC)

VBBR (10...32 V DC)

GNDS

GNDO

GNDA

description

supply sensors and module

supply outputs

supply via relay

ground sensors and module

ground outputs

ground analogue outputs

note

relay switched (1)

relay switched (2)

pin

14

32

26

25

33

06

07

13

24

CAN, RS232, ERROR, TESTpotential

CAN 1H

CAN 1L

CAN 2H

CAN 2L

GND

RxD

TxD

ERROR

TEST

description

CAN interface 1 (high)

CAN interface 1 (low)

CAN interface 2 (high)

CAN interface 2 (low)

ground (RS-232/CAN)

RS 232 interface (programming)

RS 232 interface (programming)

error output BH

test input

note

SAE J 1939

SAE J 1939

pin 03, PC D-Sub (9 pin)

pin 02, PC D-Sub (9 pin)

*) only High Side outputs are safety related

pin

08

27

09

28

10

29

11

30

44

45

46

47

20

02

21

38

36

54

17

53

19

55

18

37

39

03

40

22

41

42

43

04

48

49

31

50

51

52

16

35

inputs/outputsinputs

%IX0.00 / %IW03

%IX0.01 / %IW04

%IX0.02 / %IW05

%IX0.03 / %IW06

%IX0.04 / %IW07

%IX0.05 / %IW08

%IX0.06 / %IW09

%IX0.07 / %IW10

%IX0.08

%IX0.09

%IX0.10

%IX0.11

%IX0.12

%IX0.13

%IX0.14

%IX0.15

%IX1.04

%IX1.05

%IX1.06

%IX1.07

%IX1.08

%IX1.09

%IX1.10

%IX1.11

%IX1.12

%IX1.13

%IX1.14

%IX1.15

configuration

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL

BL

BL

BL

BL IL (FRQ0)

BL IL (FRQ1)

BL IL (FRQ2)

BL IL (FRQ3)

BL IL (CYL0)

BL IL (CYL1)

BL IL (CYL2)

BL IL (CYL3)

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

BL/H

diagnostic capability

input / output

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

outputs

%QX0.00

%QX0.01

%QX0.02

%QX0.03

%QX0.04

%QX0.05

%QX0.06

%QX0.07

%QX0.08

%QX0.09

%QX0.10

%QX0.11

%QX0.12

%QX0.13

%QX0.14

%QX0.15

%QX1.00

%QX1.01

%QX1.02

%QX1.03

%QX1.04

%QX1.05

%QX1.06

%QX1.07

configuration

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH PWM

BH/L* H-Bridge

BH/L* H-Bridge

BH PWM

BH PWM

BH/L* H-Bridge

BH/L* H-Bridge

BH PWM

relay switched

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

note the double pin connection of inputs/outputs Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

160

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 161: ifm catalogue control systems

6 CR7505

pin

23

05

34

01

15

12

ANSCHLUßBELEGUNG / wiringpotential

VBBS (10...32 V DC)

VBBO (10...32 V DC)

VBBR (10...32 V DC)

GNDS

GNDO

GNDA

description

supply sensors and module

supply outputs

supply via relay

ground sensors and module

ground outputs

ground analogue outputs

note

relay switched (1)

relay switched (2)

pin

14

32

26

25

33

06

07

13

24

CAN, RS232, ERROR, TESTpotential

CAN 1H

CAN 1L

CAN 2H

CAN 2L

GND

RxD

TxD

ERROR

TEST

description

CAN interface 1 (high)

CAN interface 1 (low)

CAN interface 2 high)

CAN interface 2 (low)

ground (RS-232/CAN)

RS 232 interface (programming)

RS 232 interface (programming)

error output BH

test input

note

SAE J 1939

SAE J 1939

pin 03, PC D-Sub (9 pin)

pin 02, PC D-Sub (9 pin)

pin

08

27

09

28

10

29

11

30

44

45

46

47

20

02

21

38

36

54

17

53

19

55

18

37

EIN-/AUSGÄNGE / inputs/outputsinputs

%IX0.00 / %IW03

%IX0.01 / %IW04

%IX0.02 / %IW05

%IX0.03 / %IW06

%IX0.04 / %IW07

%IX0.05 / %IW08

%IX0.06 / %IW09

%IX0.07 / %IW10

%IX0.08

%IX0.09

%IX0.10

%IX0.11

%IX0.12

%IX0.13

%IX0.14

%IX0.15

%IX1.04

%IX1.05

%IX1.06

%IX1.07

configuration

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL A

BL

BL

BL

BL

BL IL (FRQ0)

BL IL (FRQ1)

BL IL (FRQ2)

BL IL (FRQ3)

BL IL (CYL0)

BL IL (CYL1)

BL IL (CYL2)

BL IL (CYL3)

diagnostic capability

input / output

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / •

– / –

– / –

– / –

– / –

outputs

%QX0.00

%QX0.01

%QX0.02

%QX0.03

%QX0.04

%QX0.05

%QX0.06

%QX0.07

configuration

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

BH PWM PWMI

relay switched

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBO (1)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

VBBR (2)

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

note the double pin connection of inputs/outputs

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

161

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 162: ifm catalogue control systems

7 CR0301

X2analogue inputs

X4digital inputs

X3digital outputs

X5.1relay outputs

X5.2relay outputs

X1operating voltage

CAN bus

RS232programming

TEST input

04

05 OUT14_NC

06 UCOM 09

07 OUT14_NO

08

09 OUT15_NC

10 UCOM 10

11 OUT15_NO

12

13 OUT16_NC

14 UCOM 11

15 OUT16_NO

16

17

UCOM 12

18 OUT17_NO

01 OUT13_NC

02 UCOM 08

03 OUT13_NO

OUT17_NC

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

01

02

03

OUT09_NCUCOM 04

OUT09_NO

OUT10_NCUCOM 05

OUT10_NO

OUT11_NCUCOM 06

OUT11_NO

OUT12_NC

UCOM 07

OUT12_NO

OUT08_NCUCOM 03

OUT08_NO

1,00 Amultifuse

02 RxD03 TxD05 GND06 UB

09 test

01

02

03

A

A

A

A_IN00

A_IN01

A_IN02

04A A_IN03

05UB

06GND

07A A_IN04

08A A_IN05

09A A_IN06

10A A_IN07

01

02

03

BL

BL

BL

IN00

IN01

IN02

04BL IN03

05BL IN04

06BL IN05

07BL IN06

08BL IN07

09UB

10GND

11BL/ IL IN08

12BL/ IL IN09

13BL/ IL IN10

14BL/ IL IN11

15BL/BH IN12

16BL/BH IN13

17BL/BH IN14

18BL/BH IN15

01 UB

02 GND

03 CAN_L

04 CAN_H

05 CAN_L

06 CAN_H

01

02

03

BH/PH

BH/PH

BH/PH

OUT00

OUT01

OUT02

04BH/PH OUT03

05UCOM 01

06BH OUT04

07BH OUT05

08BH OUT06

09BH OUT07

10UCOM 02

PWM0

PWM1

PWM2

PWM3

FRQ0 / CYL0

FRQ1 / CYL1

FRQ2 / CYL2

FRQ3 / CYL3

n.c.

n.c.

n.c.

n.c.

n.c.

n.c.

R1

R2

R3

R4

R0

R6

R7

R8

R9

R5

pin connection(view from thetop on pin side)

1

3

5

2

4

6

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

162

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 163: ifm catalogue control systems

8 CR0302

X2analogue inputs

X4digital inputs

X3digital outputs

X5digital outputs

X1operating voltage

CAN bus

RS232programming

TEST input

1.00 Amultifuse

02 RxD03 TxD05 GND06 UB

09 test

01

02

03

A

A

A

A_IN00

A_IN01

A_IN02

04A A_IN03

05UB

06GND

07A A_IN04

08A A_IN05

09A A_IN06

10A A_IN07

01

02

03

BL

BL

BL

IN00

IN01

IN02

04BL IN03

05BL IN04

06BL IN05

07BL IN06

08BL IN07

09UB

10GND

11BL / IL IN08

12BL / IL IN09

13BL / IL IN10

14BL / IL IN11

15BL / BH IN12

16BL / BH IN13

17BL / BH IN14

18BL / BH IN15

01 UB

02 GND

03 CAN_L

04 CAN_H

05 CAN_L

06 CAN_H

01

02

03

BH / PH

BH / PH

BH / PH

OUT00

OUT01

OUT02

04BH / PH OUT03

05UCOM01

06BH OUT04

07BH OUT05

08BH OUT06

09BH OUT07

10UCOM02

PWM0

PWM1

PWM2

PWM3

FRQ0 / CYL0

FRQ1 / CYL1

FRQ2 / CYL2

FRQ3 / CYL3

01

02

03

n.c.UCOM03

n.c.

04BH OUT08

05n.c.

06n.c.

07n.c.

08BH OUT09

09n.c.

10n.c.

11n.c.

12BH OUT10

13n.c.

14n.c.

15n.c.

16BH OUT11

17n.c.

18n.c.

pin connection(view from thetop on pin side)

1

3

5

2

4

6

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

163

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 164: ifm catalogue control systems

9 CR0303

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

18 IN07 BL

17 VBBS OUT

16 IN06 BL

15 VBBS OUT

14 IN 05 BL

13 VBBS OUT

12 IN04 BL

11 GND10 GND09 GND08 IN03 BL

07 GND06 IN02 BL

05 VBBS OUT

04 IN01 BL

03 VBBS OUT

02 IN00 BL

01 VBBS OUT

18 IN15 BL/BH

17 VBBS OUT

16 IN14 BL/BH

15 VBBS OUT

14 IN 13 BL/BH

13 VBBS OUT

12 IN12 BL/BH

11 GND10 GND09 GND08 IN11/FRQ03 BL/ IL07 GND06 IN10/FRQ02 BL/ IL05 VBBS OUT

04 IN09/FRQ01 BL/ IL03 VBBS OUT

02 IN08/FRQ00 BL/ IL01 VBBS OUT

X12inputs

X10inputs

X11inputs

10 A_IN2309 A_IN2208 A_IN2107 A_IN2006 GND05 VBBS OUT

04 A_IN1903 A_IN1802 A_IN1701 A_IN16

060504030201

CAN2_HCAN2_LCAN1_HCAN1_LGNDVBBS

P/N1power supplyCAN bus

060504030201

n.c.TESTRS-232 TxDRS-232 RxDGNDVBBTEST

N2RS-232TEST

X21outputs

1413121110090807060504030201

VBBSTAB (5/10 V)

VBBO 03

OUT17 (10 A)

VBBO17

OUT16 (10 A)

VBBO16

OUT15 (10 A)

VBBO15

OUT14 (10 A)

VBBO14

OUT13 (10 A)

VBBO13

OUT12 (10 A)

VBBO12

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

15OUT08BH

16OUT09BH

17OUT10BH

18OUT11BH

10090807060504030201

VBBO 02

OUT07/PWM07OUT06/PWM06OUT05/PWM05OUT04/PWM04VBBO 01

OUT03/PWM03OUT02/PWM02OUT01/PWM01OUT00/PWM00

BH/PH

BH/PH

BH/PH

BH/PH

BH/PH

BH/PH

BH/PH

BH/PH

X20outputs

10-32 V

5/10 V

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

164

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 165: ifm catalogue control systems

10 CR2031

Outputs

05

04

03

02

OUT

Current

Shell8

Channel 8

01n.c.

L–

8

05

04

03

02

7

01

7

Channel 7

CAN INCAN_H

+VBBC

CAN_L

GNDS

CAN_GND

05

04

03

02

01

CAN_H

+VBBC

CAN_L

GNDS

CAN_GND CAN OUT

05

04

03

02

01

GN

DO

VB

BO

CAN Interface / Supply

CA

N_L

CA

N_H

0201

GN

DO

GN

DS

0403

+V

BB

S

+V

BB

O0605

+V

BB

C07

= jumper

OUT

Current

Shell

n.c.

L–

05

04

03

02

OUT

Current

Shell6

Channel 6

01n.c.

L–

6

05

04

03

02

5

01

5

Channel 5

OUT

Current

Shell

n.c.

L–

05

04

03

02

OUT

Current

Shell4

Channel 4

01n.c.

L–

4

05

04

03

02

3

01

3

Channel 3

OUT

Current

Shell

n.c.

L–

05

04

03

02

OUT

Current

Shell2

Channel 2

01n.c.

L–

2

05

04

03

02

1

01

1

Channel 1

OUT

Current

Shell

n.c.

L–

Outputs

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

165

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 166: ifm catalogue control systems

11 CR2032

Outputs

05

04

03

02

OUT

OUT

Shell8

01

L–

8

Channel 4

Channel 2

Channel 8

Channel 6

CAN INCAN_H

+VBBC

CAN_L

GNDS

CAN_GND

05

04

03

02

01

CAN_H

+VBBC

CAN_L

GNDS

CAN_GND CAN OUT

05

04

03

02

01

GN

DO

VB

BO

CAN Interface / Supply

CA

N_L

CA

N_H

0201

GN

DO

GN

DS

0403

+V

BB

S

+V

BB

O

0605

+V

BB

C07

GN

DS

= jumper

VB

BS

Inputs

Channel 3

Channel 1

Channel 7

Channel 5

05

04

03

02

IN

IN

Shell7

01 L+

L–

7

05

04

03

02

IN

IN

Shell5

01 L+

L–

5

05

04

03

02

IN

IN

Shell3

01 L+

L–

3

05

04

03

02

IN

IN

Shell1

01 L+

L–

1

05

04

03

02

OUT

OUT

Shell6

01

L–

6

05

04

03

02

OUT

OUT

Shell4

01

L–

4

05

04

03

02

OUT

OUT

Shell2

01

L–

2

L+

L+

L+

L+

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

multifuse

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

166

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 167: ifm catalogue control systems

12 CR2033

inputs / outputs

05

04

03

02

OUT

IN

shell8

01

L–

8

channel 4

channel 2

channel 8

channel 6

CAN INCAN_H

+VBBC

CAN_L

GNDS

CAN_GND

05

04

03

02

01

CAN_H

+VBBC

CAN_L

GNDS

CAN_GND CAN OUT

05

04

03

02

01

GN

DO

VB

BO

CAN interface / supply

CA

N_L

CA

N_H

0201

GN

DO

GN

DS

0403

+V

BB

S

+V

BB

O

0605

+V

BB

O07

GN

DS

= jumper

VB

BS

inputs

channel 3

channel 1

channel 7

channel 5

05

04

03

02

IN

IN

shell7

01 L+

L–

7

05

04

03

02

IN

IN

shell5

01 L+

L–

5

05

04

03

02

IN

IN

shell3

01 L+

L–

3

05

04

03

02

IN

IN

shell1

01 L+

L–

1

05

04

03

02

OUT

IN

shell6

01

L–

6

05

04

03

02

OUT

IN

shell4

01

L–

4

05

04

03

02

OUT

IN

shell2

01

L–

2

L+

L+

L+

L+

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

167

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 168: ifm catalogue control systems

13 CR2512

supply

output

supply +DC

supply GND

CANinterface

23V

BB

S

01G

ND

S

05

02

38

20

08

channel 1

output +DC

OUT

current

GND

CAN_GND

50

15

14

32

33

51 CAN_H

CAN_L

CAN_H

CAN_L

CAN_GND

VB

BO

VB

BO

VB

BS

GN

DS

1

1

+VBBO

03

39

21

27

OUT

current

GND

2

2

+VBBO

04

40

22

09

OUT

current

GND

3

3

+VBBO

25

41

42

28

OUT

current

GND

4

4

+VBBO

16

52

34

10

OUT

current

GND

5

5

+VBBO

17

53

35

29

OUT

current

GND

6

6

+VBBO

18

54

36

11

OUT

current

GND

7

7

+VBBO

19

55

37

30

OUT

current

GND

8

8

+VBBO

channel 2

channel 3

channel 4

channel 5

channel 6

channel 7

channel 8

06

47

43

IN

+VBBS

1

GNDS

input

channel 9

07

48

44

IN

+VBBS

2

GNDS

channel 10

24

49

45

IN

+VBBS

3

GNDS

channel 11

26

31

46

IN

+VBBS

4

GNDS

channel 12

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

168

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 169: ifm catalogue control systems

14 CR2513

digitale.g. two-way valves

PWMe.g. proportional valve

supply

supply +DC

supply GND

23V

BB

S

01G

ND

S

05

38

20

output +DC

channel 1BH

+VBBO

CANinterface

CAN_GND

50

15

14

32

33

51 CAN_H

CAN_L

CAN_H

CAN_L

CAN_GND

GND

49

16

29

channel 12 A

GND

48

34

10

channel 11 A

GND

47

25

28

channel 10 A

GND

46

04

09

channel 9 A

GND

53

17

30

channel 8 BL

GND

52

35

11

channel 7 BL

GND

41

22

27

channel 6 BL

GND

40

12

08

channel 5 BL

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

+VBBS

VB

BO

43

39

21

channel 2

RC

BH

+VBBO

44

54

36

channel 3

RC

BH

+VBBO

45

55

37

channel 4

RC

BH

+VBBO

02GND

RC 42

03GND

18GND

19GND

outputsinputs

Danfosstype PVEH/S/M(RC low-pass filter)

+

For safety reasonsthe valve issupplied withvoltage via abinary output.

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

169

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 170: ifm catalogue control systems

15 CR2012

135·····

17

246·····

18

X1

135·····

17

246·····

18

X2

135

246

X3

Connector X1

Pin

123456789

101112131415161718

Potential

channel 1+UB

channel 2+UB

channel 3+UB

channel 4+UB+UB+UB

channel 5channel 6

GNDGND

channel 7GND

channel 8GND

Inputs

Bin IN 1

Bin IN 2

Bin IN 3

Bin IN 4

Bin IN 5Bin IN 6

Bin IN 7

Bin IN 8

Ana IN 5Ana IN 6

––

Bin OUT 7

Bin OUT 8

Connector X2

Pin

123456789

101112131415161718

Potential

channel 9+UB

channel 10+UB

channel 11+UB

channel 12+UB+UB+UB

channel 13channel 14

GNDGND

channel 15GND

channel 16GND

Inputs

Bin IN 9

Bin IN 10

Bin IN 11

Bin IN 12

Bin IN 13Bin IN 14

Bin IN 15

Bin IN 16

Ana IN 13Ana IN 14

––

Bin OUT 15

Bin OUT 16

Connector X3

Pin

123456

Potential

+UBGND+UBGNDCANLCANH

Abbreviations see chapter ‘Technical glossary’

Outputs

––

PWM 8

Outputs

––

PWM 16

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

170

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 171: ifm catalogue control systems

16 CR2014

135·····

17

246·····

18

X1

135·····

17

246·····

18

X2

135

246

X3

Connector X1

Pin

123456789

101112131415161718

Potential

channel 1+UB

channel 2+UB

channel 3+UB

channel 4+UB+UB+UB

channel 5channel 6

GNDGND

channel 7GND

channel 8GND

Inputs

Bin IN 1

Bin IN 2

Bin IN 3

Bin IN 4

––

Bin IN 7

Bin IN 8

Ana IN 1Ana IN 2

––

Bin OUT 1

Bin OUT 2

Outputs

Connector X2

Pin

123456789

101112131415161718

Potential

channel 9+UB

channel 10+UB

channel 11+UB

channel 12+UB+UB+UB

channel 13channel 14

GNDGND

channel 15GND

channel 16GND

Inputs

Bin IN 9

Bin IN 10

Bin IN 11

Bin IN 12

––

Bin IN 15

Bin IN 16

Ana IN 3Ana IN 4

––

Bin OUT 3

Bin OUT 4

Outputs

Connector X3

Pin

123456

Potential

+UBGND+UBGNDCANLCANH

Abbreviations see chapter ‘Technical glossary’

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

171

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 172: ifm catalogue control systems

17 CR2016

Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter

18 A_IN04 A17 VBBS OUT

16 A_IN03 A15 VBBS OUT

14 A_IN 02 A13 VBBS OUT

12 A_IN01 A11 GND10 GND09 GND08 IN12 BL/BH

07 GND06 IN11 BL/BH

05 VBBS OUT

04 IN10 BL/BH

03 VBBS OUT

02 IN09 BL/BH

01 VBBS OUT

18 IN08 BL

17 VBBS OUT

16 IN07 BL

15 VBBS OUT

14 IN 06 BL

13 VBBS OUT

12 IN05 BL

11 GND10 GND09 GND08 IN04/FRQ04 BL/ IL07 GND06 IN03/FRQ03 BL/ IL05 VBBS OUT

04 IN02/FRQ02 BL/ IL03 VBBS OUT

02 IN01/FRQ01 BL/ IL01 VBBS OUT

060504030201

CAN_HCAN_LCAN_HCAN_LGNDVBBS

X21outputs(group 2)X11

inputs

X10inputs

P/N1power supplyCAN bus

X20outputs(group 1)

141312111009

0807

060504030201

OUT16OUT15GNDOUT

OUT14GNDOUT

OUT13

GNDOUT

VBBO 02

GNDOUT

OUT12GNDOUT

OUT11OUT09OUT10

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

BH

141312111009

0807

060504030201

OUT08OUT07GNDOUT

OUT06GNDOUT

OUT05

GNDOUT

VBBO 01

GNDOUT

OUT04/PWM04GNDOUT

OUT03/PWM03OUT01/PWM01OUT02/PWM02

BH

BH

BH

BH/PH

BH/PH

BH/PH

BH

BH

BH

BH/PH

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

172

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 173: ifm catalogue control systems

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

173

Page 174: ifm catalogue control systems

18

pin 1: n.c.pin 2: TxDpin 3: RxDpin 4: n.c.pin 5: GND

12345

6789

RS 232

pin 6: n.c.pin 7: n.c.pin 8: n.c.pin 9: n.c.

2

4 3

1

5

CAN bus (2x)

pin 1: GNDpin 2: VBBpin 3: CAN-GNDpin 4: CAN-Hpin 5: CAN-L

CAN terminating resistor 120

19

CANHCANLGNDGND+24 V

1

2

3

4

5

20

4

2 1

3

5

Connection 1Supply, CAN

Pin

12345

Potential

Shield10...32 V DCGNDCAN_HCAN_L

3

1 2

4

5

RS-232, CAN

Pin

12345

Potential

RS-232_TxDRS-232_RxDGNDCAN_HCAN_L

Connection 2

21

4

2 1

3

5

Connection 1Supply, CAN

Pin

12345

Potential

Shield10...32 V DCGNDCAN_HCAN_L

Potential

IN 1IN 2IN 3IN 4+VBB (out)

Inputs

Pin

12345

Connection 3

3

1 2

4

5

Outputs

Pin

12345

Potential

OUT 1OUT 2OUT 3OUT 4GND

Connection 4

3

1 2

4

5

3

1 2

4

5

RS-232, CAN

Pin

12345

Potential

RS-232_TxDRS-232_RxDGNDCAN_HCAN_L

Connection 2

22

4

2 1

3

5

Connection 1Supply, CAN

Pin

12345

Potential

ShieldVBBS (10...32 V DC)GNDCAN_HCAN_L

3

1 2

4

5

RS-232, CAN

Pin

12345

Potential

RS-232_TxDRS-232_RxDGNDCAN_HCAN_L

Connection 2

1

4 3

2Ethernet

Pin

1234

Potential

TxD +RxD +TxD –RxD –

Connection 4

23

4

2 1

3

5

Connection 1Supply, CAN

Pin

12345

Potential

ShieldVBBS (10...32 V DC)GNDCAN_HCAN_L

3

1 2

4

5

RS-232, CAN

Pin

12345

Potential

RS-232_TxDRS-232_RxDGNDCAN_HCAN_L

Connection 2

Inputs,outputs

Pin

12345

Potential

IN 1IN 2OUT 1OUT 2VBBO

Connection 3

3

1 2

4

51

4 3

2Ethernet

Pin

1234

Potential

TxD +RxD +TxD –RxD –

Connection 4

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

174

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 175: ifm catalogue control systems

24

1211

10

9

8

7 65

4

3

2

1

18

19

15

17 13

16 14

M23 round connector

pin potential

1 GND (power)2 GND (power)3 VBB + (supply)4 CAN 1 low5 CAN 1 high6 n.c.7 1. RS 232, RxD8 1. RS 232, TxD9 VBB + (supply switched)10 GND (power)11 GND (power)12 n.c.13 CAN 2 low14 CAN 2 high15 Ethernet RxD –16 Ethernet RxD +17 Ethernet TxD –18 Ethernet TxD +19 shield

25

4

2 1

3

Supply

Pin

1234

Potential

U+not used0 Vnot used

1

4 3

2Ethernet

Pin

1234

Potential

TxD +RxD +TxD –RxD –

26

pin 1: n.c.pin 2: TxDpin 3: RxDpin 4: DSRpin 5: GND

12345

6789

RS 232

pin 6: n.c.pin 7: n.c.pin 8: n.c.pin 9: n.c.

2

4 3

1

5

CAN bus

pin 1: GNDpin 2: VBBpin 3: CAN-GNDpin 4: CAN-Hpin 5: CAN-L

CAN terminating resistor 120

27

2

4 3

1

5

description

operating voltage

CAN interface

pin

12

345

potential

GND10...30 V DC

CAN_GNDCAN_HCAN_L

28

54321

NCNC

GNDCAN L

NC

9876

+ VBBNCCAN HGND

29

5

67

42

3 18

description

operating voltage

CAN interface

analogue outputs(X-/Y-axis)

pin

12

345

678

potential

10...30 V DCGND

CAN_HCAN_LCAN_GND

I_OUT XI_OUT YGND_A

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

175

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 176: ifm catalogue control systems

30

pin 1: L+pin 2: n.c.pin 3: L–pin 4: output2

4 3

1

31

+24 V DCPWM IN

GND

0...5 VGND

32

+24 V DCPWM IN

GND

0...10 VGND

33

+24 V DCPWM IN

GND

RDBKBU

BKBU

0...5 VGND

34

+24 V DCPWM IN

GND

RDBKBU

BKBU

0...10 VGND

35

IN 18-36 V

GNDGND

RD

BU BU

BK 10 V DC OUT

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

176

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 177: ifm catalogue control systems

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

177

Page 178: ifm catalogue control systems

36

BK

BU

BN

L+

L

OUT

37

BK

BU

BN

L+

L

38

L+

L

1

4

3

39

BN

BK

BU

L+

L

40

BN

BU L

L+

41

BN

BU L

L+

42

4

1

3

2OUT2

L+

L

OUT1/Teach/Data

43

L+

L

1

2

44

L+

L

1

3

2

Technical informationand customer service

Wiring diagrams

Control systems

178

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 179: ifm catalogue control systems

Wiring diagrams

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

179

Page 180: ifm catalogue control systems

Mobile controllers

1 type CR ....

153

43 LED

225

205,5

2680

1526

45°

page 37, 39, 45

2 type CR ....

153

43 LED

247

20

2680

1526

45°

page 41, 45

3 type CR ....

153

43 LED

132

205,5

2680

1526

45°

page 43

4 type CR ....

2533

223

134

108

1984,5

10 LED

page 47

5 type CR ....

2533

223

134

108

1984,5

10 LED

page 47

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Control systems

180

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 181: ifm catalogue control systems

Mobile controllers

6 type CR ....

X10 X11

X20 X21

198

226

133

108

39

5,8

7,8

X12

P/N1N2

page 47

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

181

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 182: ifm catalogue control systems

I/O modules

1 type CR ....

69

2339

LED M12 x1

9 52

6

227205

5 5

77

PWR

DIA

1357

2468

CA

N in

CA

N o

ut

page 61

2 type CR ....

69

2339

LED M12 x1

9 52

6

227205

5 5

77

PWR

DIA

1357

2468

CA

N in

CA

N o

ut

page 61

3 type CR ....

69

2339

LED M12 x1

9 52

6

227205

5 5

77

PWR

DIA

1357

2468

CA

N in

CA

N o

ut

page 61

4 type CR ....

153

43 LED

132

205,5

2680

1526

45°

page 63

5 type CR ....

163

6342,3

18 LED

142,34,5

27

page 65

6 type CR ....

163

6342,3

18 LED

142,34,5

27

page 65

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Control systems

182

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 183: ifm catalogue control systems

I/O modules

7 type CR ....

X10 X11

P/N1 X20 X21

161

181

105

8230

5,8

7,8

page 65

8 type CR ....

32

90

190

page 67

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

183

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 184: ifm catalogue control systems

Dialogue modules

1 type CR ....

46,453,4

109

165

F2 F3F1

F5 F6F4

okesc

page 77

2 type CR ....

46,465,3

7

F3F2F1esc

109

165

page 79

3 type CR ....

109

165 46,465,3

7

page 79

4 type CR ....

189

165

6381

7

page 81

5 type O2 ....

55

45

45,6

21,1

34,1

4,3

42

57

80

M12 x1

M12x160

20,5

24,5

30,5

1

page 83

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Control systems

184

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 185: ifm catalogue control systems

Diagnosis and service · Remote maintenance and data memory

1 type CR ....

M12

x1

119132

5 LED

35

85

page 95

2 type CR ....

35

85

M12

x1

119130

6 LED

page 95

3 type CR ....

M12

x1

119132

5 LED

35

85

page 97

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

185

Page 186: ifm catalogue control systems

Diagnosis and service · CAN interface and CAN diagnosis

1 type EC ....

3560

RS 232

94102

4 LED

page 99

2 type EC ....

9498

4 LED

35

60

USB

page 99

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Control systems

186

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 187: ifm catalogue control systems

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

187

Sensors for mobile applications · Inclination sensors

1 type CR ....

M12

x1

641

6090

60

LED

75

45

5,3

page 111

2 type CR ....

75

45

5,3

90

M12

x1

641

6092

60

LED

page 111

3 type EC ....

5241

4124

537

5,2

page 113

4 type EC ....

6,2

81

20

2,75

5,25

8,2512,75

page 113

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 188: ifm catalogue control systems

Sensors for mobile applications · Inductive sensors

1 type IF ....

5950

M12

x1

174

M12

x1

LED

70

page 115, 117

2 type IF ....

45

M12

x1

174

5

M12

x1

5970

LED

page 115, 117

3 type IG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

5057

7059

424LED 4 x 90°

page 115, 117

4 type IG ....

M18

x1

M12

x1

4057

70

LED 4 x 90°

59

10

424

page 115, 117

5 type II ....

59

53

M30

x1,5

57

70

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90°5

36

page 115, 117

6 type II ....

LED 4 x 90°

59

38

M30

x1,5

5

57

70

36

M12

x1

15

page 115, 117

7 type IF ....

5,4

7962

53

M12

x1

LED 4 x 90° 174

page 115, 117

8 type IF ....

5,4

796248

LED 4 x 90° 174

M12

x1

5

page 115, 117

9 type IG ....

64

LED 4 x 90° 24

81

5750

M18

x1

4

page 115, 117

10 type IG ....

64

LED 4 x 90° 24

81

5740

M18

x1

4

10

page 115, 117

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Control systems

188

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 189: ifm catalogue control systems

Sensors for mobile applications · Inductive sensors

11 type II ....

36

53

M30

x1,5

57

5

5

64

LED 4 x 90°

81

page 115, 117

12 type II ....

36

38

M30

x1,5

1557

5

5

64

LED 4 x 90°

81

page 115, 117

13 type IN ....

406

12LED

4

2613

32

3,2

45

LED

3,2

18

1610

1

page 117

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

189

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 190: ifm catalogue control systems

Sensors for mobile applications · Pressure sensors

1 type PP ....

79,5

M12 x130

30

12

G14/

M5

1

LED

65,5

page 119

2 type PA ....

77,5

M12 x130

30

27

1,3

21,5

16,5

G 41

page 119

3 type PA ....

75

M12 x130

30

27

1,3

21,5

14

G 41

page 119

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Control systems

190

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 191: ifm catalogue control systems

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

191

Signal converters

1 type CR ....

42,5

49

3024,5

3,2

page 127

2 type CR ....

42,5

54

3424,5

3,2

15

page 127

3 type EC ....

42,5

54

3424,5

3

15

page 127

4 type EC ....

112

24 30

45

page 127

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 192: ifm catalogue control systems

Connectors

1 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 45

14

3

1 2

4

page 130

2 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 36,5

26,5

14 3

1 2

4

page 130

3 type E1 ....

15

M12 x1 43 3

1 2

4

5

page 130

4 type E1 ....

M12

x1

43

15

M12 x13

1 2

4

5

page 130

5 type E1 ....

M12 x1

20 52,5

193

1 2

4

5

page 130

6 type EV ....

15,5

45

14

M12 x13

1 2

4

5

page 130

7 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 36,5

26,5

14 3

1 2

4

5

page 130

8 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 45

14

3

1 2

4

5

page 130

9 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 36,5

26,5

14 3

1 2

4

5

page 130

10 type E1, E2, E8 ....

43

15

M12 x1

4

1 2

65

378

page 130

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Control systems

192

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 193: ifm catalogue control systems

Connectors

11 type E8 ....

27

10,5

15

39

M12 x14

1 2

65

378

page 130

12 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 49,5

14

43

2 1

page 132

13 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1

36,5

30,5

14 43

2 1

page 132

14 type E1 ....

15

M12 x1 47

M12

x1

4

2 1

3

5

page 132

15 type E1 ....

15

M12 x1 46

M12

x1

4

2 1

3

5

page 132

16 type E1 ....

M12 x1

58

19

20

43

2 1

page 132

17 type E1 ....

M12 x1

20

38

40

19

43

2 1

page 132

18 type E1 ....

M12 x1

58

19

20

4

2 1

3

5

page 132

19 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1

36,5

30,5

14 4

2 1

3

5

page 132

20 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1 49,5

14

4

2 1

3

5

page 132

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

193

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 194: ifm catalogue control systems

Connectors

21 type EV ....

49,5

14

15,5

M12x1

45

14

L

15,5

M12x1

43

2 1

3

1 2

4

page 134

22 type EV ....

49,5

14

L

15,5

M12x1

M12x1

26,5

14

36,5

15,5

43

2 1

3

1 2

4

page 134

23 type EV ....

L

M12x1

26,5

14

36,5

15,5M12x1

30,5

14

36,5

15,543

2 1

3

1 2

4

page 134

24 type E1 ....

L 17,5 29,5

29,5

M12

x1

47

LED

M 3

28,5

435 2 1

page 134

25 type E1 ....

M 3

26,5

L 15 26,5

28,4

M12

x1

47

4

2 1

3

5 1 2

page 134

26 type EV ....

L

15,5

M12 x1

49

14

45

15,5

M12 x1 14

43

2 1

3

1 2

4

page 134

27 type E1 ....

43

M12

x1

47 L

M12

x1

4

2 1

3

5

3

1 2

4

5

page 134

28 type EV ....

49,5

14

15,5

M12x1

45

14

L

15,5

M12x1

4

2 1

3

5

3

1 2

4

5

page 134

29 type EV ....

49,5

14

L

15,5

M12x1

M12x1

26,5

14

36,5

15,54

2 1

3

5

3

1 2

4

5

page 134

30 type EV ....

15,5

M12x1

45

14

L

M12x1

30,5

14

36,5

15,5

4

2 1

3

5

3

1 2

4

5

page 134

Technical informationand customer service

Scale drawings

Control systems

194

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 195: ifm catalogue control systems

Connectors

31 type E2 ....

15

47,3L

15

47,3

12

3 4

page 134

Scale drawings

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

195

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 196: ifm catalogue control systems

Analogue output Using a PWM output with a downstream PWM/analogue converter an ana-logue output voltage can be generated. On the basis of a defined PWM fre-quency an output voltage of between 0...10 V results from the chosen markto space ratio between 0...100 %.

Cable sheath materials Depending on environment and application the materials show differentresistances. Therefore certain properties or the suitability for a certain appli-cation cannot be guaranteed. Concerning the specific resistances we referyou to the explanations under “PUR cable”, “PVC cable” and “PPU cable”.The general notes given there do not exempt from any tests.

Cable sheath materials Depending on environment and application the materials show differentresistances. Therefore certain properties or the suitability for a certain appli-cation cannot be guaranteed.Concerning the specific resistances we referyou to the explanations under “PUR cable”, “PVC cable” and “PPU cable” .The general notes given there do not exempt from any tests.

CAN The abbreviation stands for “Controller Area Network”. It is a communica-tion system (bus system) specially developed for vehicle applications. It isdistinguished by a high transmission speed and safety.

CANopen To simplify the connection of different network components (e.g. input /output modules, inclination sensors) profiles have been defined which deter-mine the communication in the CAN network. Devices of the same type usethe same communication profile. This allows to use manufacturer-indepen-dent CANopen components. Furthermore the necessary network servicessuch as monitoring of the connected devices (CAN node) or network initiali-sation are defined under CANopen.

Current consumption Current for the internal consumption of the unit. The value specified in thedata sheet applies to the switched unit without load.

Current consumption Current for the internal consumption of the device. The value specified inthe data sheet applies to the active device without external load.

Technical informationand customer service

Technical glossary

Control systems

196

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 197: ifm catalogue control systems

Housing materials Metal housing:Aluminium, stainless steel, galvanised steel, diecast zinc.

Plastic housing:

PBTPLargely resistant to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, oils, greases,hydraulic fluids, and fuels. No stress cracking when exposed to air. Not resi-stant to hot water, hot steam, halocarbons, concentrated acids and alkalis (-> plastics).

Modified PPO:Largely resistant to diluted mineral acids, weak alkalis, some alcohols, oilsand greases depending on the additives. Resistant to hydrolysis in hot andcold water. Not resistant to aromatic hydrocarbons and hydrocarbons containing chlorine, oils and greases depending on additives (-> plastics).

Input frequency The maximum input frequency is the pulse frequency to be evaluated by theinput stage (typ. 50 Hz). Higher frequencies are not detected and the devicesreact as if the input frequency = 0 (no pulses). For the evaluation of highinput frequencies pulse input channels (typ. 50 kHz) must be used. If theseinputs are to be used to evaluate mechanical pulse pick-ups, contact boun-cing of the pulse pick-ups must be suppressed via the software.

Memory The electronic memories are used to store programs (operating system andapplication program) and for the data necessary for the execution. Depen-ding on the task different types of memory are used.

RAM (Random Access Memory):volatile write/read memory

ROM (Read Only Memory):non volatile read memory (non erasable)

EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory):non volatile externally erasable read memory

Flash-EPROM:non volatile erasable read memory which can be written and erased directlyin the device via the software

Noise immunity To avoid malfunction as a result of too high voltage peaks which may occurin critical applications, we recommend laying the cables of sensors and pulsepick-ups separately from other cables (e.g. motors, solenoid valves). In espe-cially difficult cases it may be necessary to lay screened cables. If in doubtplease contact our engineers.

Operating temperature Temperature range which guarantees a safe functioning of the device. Theoperating temperature of the unit must be within the range indicated in thedata sheet and must not be above or below this range.

Technical glossary

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

197

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 198: ifm catalogue control systems

Operating voltage The voltage range for which the device is rated. The stated nominal voltageand the tolerance result in the operating voltage range in which the devicefunctions safely. Exceeding or falling below the maximum or minimumvalues is only allowed within the limits specified in the data sheets.

Overload protected The response threshold for the short-circuit protection is above the specifiedvalue for the continuous current rating. In this range devices protectedagainst overload are also protected against destruction.

PELV PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) describes an electrical system in whichthe voltage cannot exceed the value of 60 V DC. It also includes a protectivemeasure against direct and indirect contact with dangerous voltage, the so-called “safe isolation” from the supply system. Circuits and/or bodies in aPELV system can be connected to ground - in contrast to the SELV system.

Protection classes Protection class 1 (I): units with protective wire connectionProtection class 2 (II): units with protective insulation (double insulation)Protection class 3 (III): units for connection to protective extra-low voltage,voltage supply to EN 50178, PELV, SELV

All units marked protection class III or all units without protective wire con-nection or protective insulation mark must be connected to protective extra-low voltage (max. 60 V DC) with safe isolation. For inductive proximity sensors this can be SELV or PELV.

Technical informationand customer service

Technical glossary

Control systems

198

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 199: ifm catalogue control systems

Protection rating The protection rating (according to IEC 529 / DIN 40 050) defines the degreeof protection from ingress of dust and moisture.

IP 20Protection against ingress of solid particles with a diameter greater than 12 mm. No special protection against ingress of water.IP 40Protection against ingress of solid particles with a diameter greater than 1 mm. No special protection against ingress of water.IP 50Complete protection against contact with live parts or internal moving parts.Protection against harmful dust deposits. The ingress of dust is not comple-tely prevented but dust must not penetrate in such quantity as to impair theoperation. No special protection against ingress of water.IP 61Complete protection against contact with live parts; protection againstingress of dust. IP 64Complete protection against contact with live parts; protection againstingress of dust and splashing water.IP 65Complete protection against contact with live parts; protection againstingress of dust and water jets.IP 66Complete protection against contact with live parts or internal moving parts.Protection against ingress of dust and powerful water jets. Water must notpenetrate the equipment in harmful quantities in case of temporary power-ful water jets.IP 67Complete protection against contact with live parts, protection againstingress of dust, protection against the effects of immersion under definedconditions:1 m depth of water for 30 minutes.IP 68 (ifm specific definition)Complete protection against contact with live parts, protection againstingress of dust, protection against the effects of immersion under definedconditions:1 m depth of water for 7 days.IP 69 KComplete protection against contact with live parts, protection againstingress of dust, protection against ingress of water during high-pressuresteam cleaning.

PTB / INERIS National bodies testing electrical equipment and approving it for hazardousareas.PTB = Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt Braunschweig und Berlin.INERIS = Institut National de L'Environnement Industriel et de Risques (France).

Technical glossary

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

199

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 200: ifm catalogue control systems

PUR cable Oil-resistant cable. Not resistant to hydrolysis, therefore not suited for per-manent contact with water. In order to avoid breakage the cables should notbe moved if the temperature falls below -5°C.

PUR cable Oil-resistant cable. Not resistant to hydrolysis, therefore not suited for per-manent contact with water. In order to avoid breakage the cables should notbe bent if the temperature falls below -5 °C (-> plastics).

PUR/PVC cable (PPU cable) PVC cable with additional PUR sheathing. Oil-resistant cable. Not resistant tohydrolysis, therefore not suited for permanent contact with water. In orderto avoid breakage the cables should not be bent if the temperature fallsbelow -5 °C (-> plastics).

PVC cable Tried and tested standard cable. In order to avoid breakage the cables mustnot be moved if the temperature falls below -5 °C. PVC cables are not inten-ded for continuous operation in oily environments. They are neither resistantto ozone nor to ultra-violet light.

PWM output PWM stands for pulse-width modulation. It is mainly used to trigger propor-tional valves (PWM valves) for mobile and robust controller applications.Also, with an additional component (accessory) for a PWM output the pulse-width modulated output signal can be converted into an analogue outputvoltage (-> analogue output). The PWM output signal is a pulsed signal between GND and supply voltage. Within a defined period (PWM frequency)the mark to space ratio varies. The connected load determines the corresponding current depending on the mark to space ratio.

Residual ripple The standing ripple component of the DC output voltage. It is either statedas root-mean-square value (rms) or as peak-to-peak value (pp).

SELV SELV (Safe Extra Low Voltage) describes an electrical system in which the vol-tage does not exceed the value of 60 V DC. It includes a protective measureagainst direct and indirect contact with dangerous voltage, the so-called“safe isolation” from the supply system. In contrast to a PELV system a SELVsystem must not be grounded.

Short-circuit protection The power outputs of the controller components are protected against shortcircuit and overload. For components with diagnostic capabilities the fault isalso indicated in the software and hardware.

Storage temperature Temperature range in which the device can be stored without being dama-ged. The safe operation is only ensured when the operating temperature hasbeen reached.

TPR cable Cable for operating temperatures from -40 °C...150 °C. Good resistance tooils, fuels, acids and alkalies.

Technical informationand customer service

Technical glossary

Control systems

200

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 201: ifm catalogue control systems

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Technical glossary

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

con

tro

llers

I/O m

od

ule

sD

ialo

gu

em

od

ule

sD

iag

no

sis

and

ser

vice

Sen

sors

for

mo

bile

app

licat

ion

s

Sig

nal

con

vert

ers

Co

nn

ecti

on

tech

no

log

yA

cces

sori

esTe

chn

ical

info

rmat

ion

and

cu

sto

mer

serv

ice

201

Abbreviations used in thewiring diagrams

A = AnalogueBH = Binary high-sideBL = Binary low-sideCANH = CAN interfaceCANL = CAN interfaceCYL = Input for time period measurementENC = Input for encoder signalsFRQ = Input for frequency measurementH = H bridgesIH = Pulse high-sideIL = Pulse low-sideL = LoadPH = PWM high-sidePL = PWM low-sidePWM = Output for pulse-width-modulated signalsR = Readback channelRxD = Serial interface (data received)S = SensorTxD = Serial interface (data transmitted)%IWx = IEC address for analogue input%IX0.xx = IEC address for binary input%QX0.xx = IEC address for binary output

Page 202: ifm catalogue control systems

Other ifm products

Technical informationand customer service

ifm informationand ordering service

202

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Position sensorsand objectrecognition

Electromagnetic field immune and temperature shock resistant sensors · High-gradestainless steel housings · Protection up to IP 69 K · Versions with increased sensingrange · Analogue output · Use e.g. in hazardous areas, in the food industry and inmobile machines · Sensors with correction factor 0 or 1

Inductive sensors

High operational reliability by increased noise immunity · Adjustable sensing ranges ·Variable connection options by cable, connector or terminals · Versions for industrialapplications and use in hazardous areas

Capacitive sensors

Cylinder sensors: For robust industrial applications · For position detection of pistonsin pneumatic cylinders · Versions with ATEX approval · Accessories for all commoncylinder types · Magnetic sensors: For position detection · Polarity independent ·Ingress resistant to high-pressure cleaning

Magnetic sensors, cylinder sensors

Sensors in compliance with the machinery directive · All four control categoriesavailable · Direct connection to PLCs and logic modules · Sensors operating withoutcoded target · Enable zone monitored for target position and dwell time

Safety technology

Absolutely safely with no wear at all · Protection rating IP 67 · Resistant to mechanicalstress such as shock or vibration · Special versions for AS-interface and hazardousareas · Quick and easy mounting

Valve sensors

Infrared and red light sensors: Through-beam, retro-reflective and retro-reflectivesensors with polarisation filter · Diffuse reflection sensors · Fibre optics · Laser sensors ·Colour and contrast detection · Glass and film detection· Laser distance sensors withPMD technology: 10 m range · Background suppression

Photoelectric sensors

Object recognition for assembly and manufacturing tasks and quality control · Orientation-independent recognition of contour and orientation · Ultra-flat back-lights for 4 times higher luminous power

Object recognition

Incremental encoders: Solid shaft encoders · Hollow shaft encoders with integratedstator coupling · Absolute encoders: Singleturn and multiturn · SSI interface · ProfibusDP gateway

Encoders

Pulse processing and display: Monitors with various pulse evaluation functions · Speedmonitors · Programmable counters · Digital displays · Hazardous dust areas · Trans-former and switched-mode power supplies: Versions from 1 to 40 A

Evaluation systems, power supplies

High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres

Connection technology

Page 203: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

ifm informationand ordering service

203

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Fluid sensorsand diagnosticsystems

Capacitive level sensors: For liquids and dry bulk material · Increased noise immunity ·Level sensors: Local level indication · Point level sensors: Versions with approvals to theGerman overspill standard WHG section 19

Level sensors

Flow sensors with integrated control monitor or external amplifier · Flow sensors forhazardous areas · Flow rate sensor for industrial applications · Airflow sensor ·Thermal compressed air meter for leakage monitoring · Consumed quantity meter forspecial gases

Flow sensors

High overload resistance · Universal process fitting via adapter · Alphanumeric LEDdisplay · Maintenance-free and with longterm stability · Setting of the switch pointspossible without system pressure · Special versions for process technology andintegration into hydraulic / pneumatic networks

Pressure sensors

Control monitors with integrated sensor or for the connection of probe / cable sensors ·Pt100 / Pt1000 versions · Universal process connection via adapter · Alphanumeric LEDdisplay · Analogue and / or switching outputs

Temperature sensors

Rolling element bearing diagnosis: Rolling element bearing damage can be detectedas it arises · Increased uptime of plants and machines · Real-time maintenance: Sensorswith serial or Ethernet interface · Visualisation software · Diagnostic electronics forvibration sensors

Diagnostic systems

Switching amplifiers: Threshold relay for standard signals with RS-232 interface ·Digital displays with LED or LCD display · Transformer / switched-mode powersupplies: Transformer power supply with 1 or 2 channels · Integrated sensor supply ·Switched-mode power supplies with a stable supply voltage

Evaluation systems, power supplies

High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug ·Versions for different applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electro-magnetic fields, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres

Connection technology

Page 204: ifm catalogue control systems

Other ifm products

Technical informationand customer service

ifm informationand ordering service

204

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Connection technologyHigh-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres

Bus systems

Identificationsystems

AS-i controller with integrated PLC · Masters · Gateways to all common bus systems ·AS-i repeaters · I/O modules · AS-i Safety at Work · Intelligent sensors with integratedAS-i slave · AS-i actuators · Extensive range of accessories · Software

Bus system AS-interface

AS-i switched-mode power supplies · PELV requirements to EN 50178 and EN 60204 ·Voltage selector for 230 V or 115 V networks · One-phase or three-phase versions ·Regulated DC output voltage between 29.5 V und 31.6 V · Rail mounting

Power supplies

Industrially compatible identification system for AS-interface · Read / write head orread head requiring little space due to the narrow design · Coding of workpiece car-riers in routing conveyors · Quick and easy set-up

RF-identification systems

Sensors for reading 1D and 2D codes · High reading speed and data protection · Smallrobust design · Direct PLC connection · Quick and easy set-up · High readability onrough, very reflective or structured surfaces with diffuser (cloudy day) or spotlight

Multicode reading systems

AS-i switched-mode power supplies · PELV requirements to EN 50178 and EN 60204 ·Voltage selector for 230 V or 115 V networks · One-phase or three-phase versions ·Regulated DC output voltage between 29.5 V und 31.6 V · Rail mounting

Power supplies

High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres

Connection technology

Page 205: ifm catalogue control systems

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

ifm informationand ordering service

205

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Controlsystems

Controllers and masters with CANopen gateway · Remote maintenance and diagnosis ·Displays and operating elements · Decentralised I/O modules to control proportionalhydraulic valves · Sensors · Data memory and logger

Control systems for mobile vehicles

High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres

Connection technology

Page 206: ifm catalogue control systems

Internet service

Technical informationand customer service

ifm informationand ordering service

206

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

*Some offered information is available country-specific.

www.ifm.comInformation around the clock andaround the globe in 22 languages on the internet.

• Information- product innovations- company news- exhibition info- locations- jobs

• Documentation- data sheets- operating instructions- manuals- approvals- CAD data

• Communication*- request for documents- recall service- live advice- newsletter

• Selection- interactive product selection aids- configuration tools- data sheet direct

• Animation- virtual product animations- flash movies (video sequences)

• Application- applications- product recommendations- calculation aids

• Transaction*- e-shop processing- e-procurement catalogues- B2B services

Page 207: ifm catalogue control systems

ifm informationand ordering service

207

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

**Already available in many countries

Convenient order processingvia the e-shop** on the internet.

Secured authentication

Customer-related priceindication

Real time availability check

Personal product favourites

Online parcel tracking

Individual order history

Convenient quick input form

Simple order processing

Management of shippingaddresses

Confirmations by e-mail

Page 208: ifm catalogue control systems

Customer serviceOrdering service

Technical informationand customer service

ifm informationand ordering service

208

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

The company in close contact with youifm is present on all important markets – in more than 70 countries world-wide. Wherever you export, we are always close to you. In Germany aloneover 100 employees in 7 branches advise our customers. ifm production sitesare located in Germany and the USA. We support you with workshops andseminars in our worldwide training centres and in your plant.

At home in your industryWe provide you with standard solutions and concepts tailored to the require-ments of your industry. This is backed by the knowledge of our engineerswho are always up to date. Our worldwide application know-how is con-stantly updated via our company own Intranet.Our special project service helps you with tenders and project plannings.

Investments in product availabilityFor our customers we invested a lot in development and production capaci-ties. Due to state-of-the-art production technology we can manufacture bigquantities quickly and in a consistently high quality. The central logistic centre guarantees high availability of our products.

Page 209: ifm catalogue control systems

ifm informationand ordering service

209

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

E-mail

Request for quotation

Request for sample

Request for technical data

Quantity required Order no. Quantity required Order no.

Company

Department

Name

Street

Post code / town

Tel.

Date

First name

Signature

Attention second fax!Please tick this box if you fax yourorder again due to an error message.

Cross your

choice!

Page 210: ifm catalogue control systems

Argentinienifm electronic s.r.l.Manuela Sáenz 3235º piso, oficina 3C1107BPA - Puerto MaderoBuenos Aires, ArgentinaTel/Fax: (011) 5353-3436Interior: [email protected]/ar

Australiaifm efector pty ltd.P.O. Box 4084Suite 3, 745 Springvale RoadMulgrave VIC 3170Tel. 1300 365 088Fax 1300 365 [email protected]

Austriaifm electronic gmbhWienerbergstraße 41Gebäude E1120 ViennaTel. +43 / 1 / 617 45 00Fax +43 / 1 / 617 45 00 [email protected]/at

BangladeshSensotec AutomationRed Crescent Chamber87, Motijheel CommercialAreaDhaka 1000BangladeshTel. +880 171 546 [email protected]

BelarusDEPOSIT INVESTJoint-Stock CompanyBlock 2, 27 Zheleznodorovhnaya street220089 MinskRepublic of BelarusTel. +375-17-270 75 06Fax +375-17-270 75 [email protected]

Belgium and Luxembourgifm electronic n.v./s.a.Zuiderlaan 911731 ZellikBelgiëTel. +32 2 481 0220Fax +32 2 463 [email protected]/be

Brazilifm electronic Ltda.Rua Eleonora Cintra, 140Jardim Analia Franco03337-000 São Paulo/SPTel. +55-11-2672-1730Fax [email protected]/br

BulgariaANIPALVranja Str. 301233 SofiaTel. +359-2-33 32 37Fax +359-2-931 15 [email protected]

Canadaifm efector Canada Inc. 700 Dorval Drive/CorporateCentreOakville; L6K3V3 OntarioTel. +1-800-441-8246 Fax [email protected]

ChileR y D INDUSTRIALBo. Paz Barahona11 Ave. 14 y 15 CalleS.O. #142San Pedro SulaTelefon:+504 5503703Telefax:+504 [email protected] IndustrialSchädler y Cia. Ltda.Av. Antonio Varas 1871Providencia6641545 SantiagoTel. +56 / 2 / 274 74 30Fax +56 / 2 / 204 93 [email protected]

Chinaifm electronic (Shanghai)Co., LtdBuilding 15, No 912Bi Bo Road, Pu Dong DistrictShanghai 201210, ChinaTel. +86-21-50278559 Fax +86-21-50278669Fax [email protected] www.ifm.com/cnifm electronic (HK) LtdUnits 1103-1104, 11/F. Tower 2, MetroplazaNo. 223 Hing Fong Road KWAI CHUNGN.T., HONG KONGTel. +852 3528-0462Fax +852 [email protected]

Croatiaifm electronic gmbhWienerbergstr. 41Gebäude EA-1120 WienTel. +43 / 1 / 617 45 00Fax +43 / 1 / 617 45 00 [email protected]/hr

Czech Republicifm electronic spol.s.r.o.U Krízku 571252 43 PragueTel. +420 / 2 / 67 990 211 Fax +420 / 2 / 67 750 180 [email protected]/cz

Denmarkifm electronic a/sRingager 4A, 1.sal tv.2605 BrøndbyTel +45 70 20 11 08Fax +45 70 20 11 [email protected]/dk

Dominican RepublicWECH AUTOCONTROLES S. A.Ave. Romulo Betancourt 2158 Edificio WechUrb. RenacimientoSanto DomingoDominican RepublicTel.: + 1 809-531-0550Fax: + 1 [email protected]

EgyptEgyptian Establishment forElectromechanical SuppliesMr. Ahmed Gouda27 Al-Salam StreetAl Arezona, Al Haram RoadGiza 12111, CairoTel. +20 / 2 / 586 49 49Fax +20 / 2 / 586 49 49Mobile +20 10 10 61 [email protected]

EstoniaPesmel Estonia LTDSegu 476505 SaueEstoniaTel.: +372 674 73 30 Fax: +372 674 73 [email protected]

Finlandifm electronic oyVaakatie 5 00440 Helsinki Tel. +358 / 9 / 751 777 00 Fax +358 / 9 / 751 777 10 [email protected]/fi

Franceifm electronicSiège :Savoie Technolac BP22673374 Le Bourget du LacAgence commerciale :Immeuble Uranus1-3 rue Jean Richepin93192 NOISY LE GRANDCEDEXTél: 0820 22 30 01Fax: 0820 22 22 [email protected]/fr

Germanyifm electronic gmbhTeichstraße 445127 EssenTel. +49 201 2 42 20Fax +49 201 2 42 22 [email protected]/de

Greeceifm electronic monoprosopi E.P.E.27, Andrea Papandreou Street15125 AmaroussiGreeceTel +30 210 61 800 90Fax +30 210 61 994 [email protected]/gr

Hungaryifm electronic kft.Közép u. 16. II.em. 208. irodaH-9024 GyörTel. +36-96 / 518-397Fax +36-96 / [email protected]/hu

Indiaifm electronic India Branch OfficePlot No. P-39/1MIDC Gokul ShirgaonKolhapur – 416234Maharashtra State, IndiaTel. +91 / 231 / 267 27 70Fax +91 / 231 / 267 23 [email protected]/in

IndonesiaPT Indoserako SejahteraJl. P. Jayakarta 121 No. 5910730 Jakarta PusatTel. +62 / 21 6 24 8923Fax +62 / 21 6 24 [email protected]

Irelandifm electronic (Ireland) Ltd.No. 7, The CourtyardKilcarbery Business ParkNew Nangor RoadClondalkinDublin 22Tel. +353 / 1 / 413 60 66Fax +353 / 1 / 457 38 [email protected]/ie

IsraelAstragal Ltd.3, Hashikma Str.Azur 58001P.O. Box 99Azur 58190Tel. +972 / 3 / 5 59 16 60Fax +972 / 3 / 5 59 23 [email protected]

Italyifm electronicCentro Direzionale ColleoniPalazzo Andromeda 2Via Paracelso No. 1820041 Agrate-Brianza (Milan)Tel. +39 / 039 68 99 982Fax +39 / 039 68 99 [email protected]/it

Japanefector co. ltd.Chiba Higashi Techno Green Park2-9-20 OkayamadaiTogane-shi, Chiba 283-0826Tel. +81 / 475 50 3003Fax +81 / 475 50 [email protected]

JordanAl Mashreqan Trading SuppliesP.O.Box.85105411185 SwaifiehAmman - Jordan.Tel. +962 6 581 8841Fax +962 6 581 [email protected]

Koreaifm electronic Ltd.2F Hyundai Liberty House#201Hannam-Dong 258,Yongsan-Gu,Seoul, KoreaTel +82 2-790-5610Fax +82 [email protected]/krKC Enterprises Co., Ltd.Royal Plaza Suite 404Janghang-Dong 864-1,Ilsan-Gu, Goyang-SiGyeonggi-Do, KoreaTel +82 31 903 3731Fax +82 31 908 [email protected]

LatviaEC SystemsKatlakalna Str. 4A1073 RigaLatviaTel.: +371 724 1231Fax: +371 724 [email protected]

LebanonMiddle East DevelopmentCo. SAL (MEDEVCO)Medevco Building Jeita Main Road Jeita - Kesrouan LebanonMail address :P.O.Box 67 Jounieh LebanonTel + 961-9-233550 Fax + 961-9-233554 [email protected]

LithuaniaElinta UABPramones pr.. 16E51187 KaunasLithuaniaTel.: +370 37 351 987Fax: +370 37 452 [email protected]

Malaysiaifm electronic Pte. LtdMalaysian Branch Office12.03A Level 12, MenaraSummitPersiaran Kewajipan USJ 147600 UEP - Subang Jaya,Selangor.Tel. +60 / 3 / 8024 5022Fax +60 / 3 / 8024 [email protected]

Technical informationand customer service

ifm informationand ordering service

Addresses

210

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

Page 211: ifm catalogue control systems

ifm electronicAsia Regional OfficeNo. 21, Jalan Kemunting,Taman Kebun The80250 Johor BahruJohor, West MalaysiaTel. +60 / 7 / 332 5022Fax +60 / 7 / 332 [email protected]

Mexicoifm efector S. de R.L. de C.V.Anillo Periférico, 1816-1Col. Hacienda San JerónimoMonterrey, N.L.Mexico 64630Tel. +52-81-8040-3535Fax +52-81-8040-2343www.ifmefector.mx

Netherlandsifm electronic b.v.Deventerweg 1 E3843 GA HarderwijkTel. +31 / 341 438 438Fax +31 / 341 438 [email protected]/nl

New Zealandifm efector pty ltd.Unit B, 20 Cain RoadPenrose, AucklandTel. +64 / 95 79 69 91Fax +64 / 95 79 92 [email protected]/nz

NigeriaAutomated Process Ltd3rd Floor, 32 Lagos AbeokutaExpresswayNear Cement Bus StopDopemu, AgegeLagos State, NigeriaTel. + 234 / 01 / 4729 967Fax + 234 /01 / 4925 [email protected]

NorwaySiv.Ing. J.F.Knudtzen ASBillingstadsletta 971396 BillingstadPostboks 1601378 NesbruTel. +47 / 66 98 33 50Fax +47 / 66 98 09 [email protected]

OmanTechnical Engineering Company LLC.P.O.Box. 59 Madinat Al Sultan QaboosPostal Code 115 Sultanate of OmanTel + 968 24503593Fax + 968 [email protected]

PakistanAB AutomationShop No.2. Rubab ChamberM.A. Jinnah RoadOff Sarai RoadKarachiTel. +92 / 21 / 2412 278Fax +92 / 21 / 2422 [email protected]

Perudekatec s.a.c.Los Calderos 188Urb. Vulcano, AteLima / PeruTel. +511 / 348 0293Tel. +511 / 348 0458Tel. +511 / 348 2269Fax +511 / 349 [email protected]

PhilippinesGram Industrial, Inc.Unit 410 Common GoalTowerFinance cor. Industry St.,Madrigal Business Park,Ayala Alabang, MuntinlupaCity1770 Philipines Telefax: (+63) 2 850-8496 Tel.: (+63) 2 [email protected]

Polandifm electronic Sp.z o.o.ul. Kosciuszki 175PL 40-524 KatowiceTel. +48 / 32 / 60 87 454Fax +48 / 32 / 60 87 [email protected]/pl

Portugalifm electronic - Sucursal em PortugalAvenida da Republica 25034430-208 Vila Nova de GaiaTel. +351 / 22 / 37 17 108Fax +351 / 22 / 37 17 [email protected]/pt

Romaniaifm electronic s.r.l.Str. Cristian Nr. 5550073 SibiuTel.: 0040 269 224550Fax: 0040 269 [email protected]

Russiaifm electronicIbragimova, 31, k.50office 607105318 MoscowTel.: +7 (495) 921-44-14Fax: +7 (499) [email protected]/ru

Saudi ArabiaNoor Al-Shomoe for Electric & MaintenanceKing Khalid Street, Cross 5P.O. Box 2571Al-Khobar 31952Kingdom of Saudi ArabiaTel. +9 663 864 49 58Fax +9 663 894 63 [email protected]

Singaporeifm electronic Pte. Ltd.25, Intern. Business Park#03-104 German Center609 916 SingaporeTel. +65 / 6 / 5 62 86 61Fax +65 / 6 / 5 62 86 [email protected]/sg

Slovakiaifm electronic spol. s.r.o.Rybnicna 40835 54 BratislavaTel. +421 / 2 / 44 87 23 29Fax +421 / 2 / 44 64 60 [email protected]/sk

South Africaifm electronic (pty) LtdShorrok HouseRoute 21 Corporate ParkNellmapius Drive, Irene Ext. 30, Centurion 0157, Pretoria Postnet Suite 279Private bag X8Elardus Park0047Tel. +27 (0) 861 IFM RSA /436 772Fax +27 (0) 12 345 [email protected]/za

Spainifm electronic - Sucursal en EspañaEdificio Prima Muntadas AParc Mas BlauC/Berguedà 108820 El Prat de LlobregatTel. +34 / 93 / 479 30 80Fax +34 / 93 / 479 30 [email protected]/es

Swedenifm electronic abHallavägen 10 512 60 Överlida Office Gothenburg:Drakegatan 641250 GothenburgTel. +46 / 325 / 66 15 00 Tel. +46 / 325 / 66 15 50Fax +46 / 325 / 66 15 [email protected]/se

Switzerlandifm electronic agAltgraben 274624 HärkingenTel. +41 / 62 / 388 80 30Fax +41 / 62 / 388 80 [email protected]/ch

SyriaI.E.C. Industrial EngineeringCenterP.O. Box 15 Sehnaya, DamascusSyriaTel. + 963 11 532 13 19Fax. + 963 11 442 12 [email protected]

ThailandSang Chai Meter Co., Ltd.694/23-26 Phaholyothin RoadSamsen Nai, Phayathai Bangkok 10400 Tel. +66 / 2 / 616 8051Fax +66 / 2 / 616 [email protected]

Turkeyifm electronic Ltd. Sti.Perpa Ticaret Merkezi ElektrokentA Blok Kat:11 NO: 1557/155934384 Okmeydani/ IstanbulTelefon +90 / 212 / 210 5080Faks +90 / 212 / 221 [email protected]/tr

Ukrainaifm electronicMariny Raskovoj 1102660 KievUkraineTel. +380 44 501 8543Fax +380 44 501 [email protected]/ua

United Arab Emirates -DubaiNoor Al-Shomoe ElectricalEquipments Est.P.O.Box. 64052Unit no. 36Reef Real EstateJebel Ali Industrial Area no. 3DubaiUnited Arab Emirates.Tel.. + 971 4 880 3838Fax.+ 971 4 880 3883Mobile: + 971 [email protected] Arab Emirates - AbuDhabiAl Injazat TechnicalTrading ServicesP.O. Box 42895Abu DhabiUnited Arab EmiratesTel. +971 2 622 6030Fax +971 2 622 [email protected]

United Kingdomifm electronic Ltd.efector HouseKingsway Business ParkOldfield RoadHamptonMiddlesex TW12 2HDTel. +44 / 20 / 8213 0000Fax +44 / 20 / 8213 [email protected]/uk

USAefector inc.805 Springdale Drive Exton, PA 19341 Tel. +1 / 610 524 2000 Fax +1 / 610 524 [email protected]

VenezuelaPetrobornas, C.A.Zona Industrial Los PinosAvda. Principal UD 304C. C. Los Pinos - Local "E"(8015) - Puerto Ordaz - Edo.BolivarVenezuelaTel. +58 / 286 / 717 31 52Fax +58 / 286 / 717 31 [email protected]

VietnamThien Viet Electrical Serviceand Trading Co., Ltd.784 Dien Bien Phu Str.Ward 11, Dist. 10Ho-Chi-Minh-City, Viet NamTel. +84 / 8 / 830 9916 Fax +84 / 8 / 830 [email protected]

Visit our website: www.ifm.com

ifm informationand ordering service

211

Gen

eral

info

rmat

ion

List

of

arti

cles

Mo

bile

co

ntr

olle

rsI/O

-mo

du

les

Dia

log

ue

mo

du

les

Dia

gn

osi

san

d s

ervi

ceSe

nso

rs

for

mo

bile

ap

plic

atio

ns

Sig

nal

co

nve

rter

sC

on

nec

tio

nte

chn

olo

gy

Acc

esso

ries

Tech

nic

alin

form

atio

nan

d c

ust

om

erse

rvic

e

Page 212: ifm catalogue control systems

ifm electronic –

ifm article no. 7511306 · Printed in Germany on non-chlorine paper.We reserve the right to make technical alterations without prior notice. · 10.2008

www.ifm.com

visit our website:

Overview ifm main catalogues:

Position sensorsand object recognition

Inductive sensorsCapacitive sensorsMagnetic sensors,cylinder sensorsSafety technologyValve sensorsPhotoelectric sensorsObject recognitionEncodersEvaluation systems,power suppliesConnection technology

Fluid sensorsand diagnostic systems

Level sensorsFlow sensorsPressure sensorsTemperature sensorsDiagnostic systemsEvaluation systems,power suppliesConnection technology

Bus systems

Bus system AS-interfacePower suppliesConnection technology

Identification systems

Multicode reading systemsRF-identification systemsPower suppliesConnection technology

Control systems

Control systemsfor mobile vehiclesConnection technology